ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT STUDY FOR PROPOSED PDH UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT USAR,

Report No.: B078-1742-EI-1801 September, 2019 Project Proponent: Environmental Consultant:

GAIL () Limited Engineers India Limited CERTIFICATE NO.: NABET/EIA/1619/RA 0041

Category of EIA: 5(C)

EIA STUDY FOR PDH Document No. B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 AT USAR FOR GAIL Page i of vi

TOR COMPLIANCE STATEMENT

S. No. Statement Compliance 1. Executive summary of the project Included in EIA report. 2. Introduction i. Details of the EIA Consultant including Details are given in section 1.2.1.2 of Chapter-1. NABET accreditation. Details are given in section 1.2.1.1 of Chapter-1. ii. Information about the project proponent. Details are given in section 1.4 of Chapter-1. iii. Importance and benefits of the project. 3. Project Description Cost of project and time of completion. Details of cost of project are given in section 1.5 of Chapter-1. It is envisaged that the construction of proposed facilities will be completed in 48 months from EC. Products with capacities for the proposed Details of products including capacities are given project. in section 2.2 of Chapter-2. If expansion project, details of existing Not Applicable. products with capacities and whether adequate land is available for expansion, reference of earlier EC if any. List of raw materials required and their source Details of feed stock are given in section 2.2 of along with mode of transportation. Chapter-2. Other chemicals and materials required with Details of chemicals are given in section 2.6.2 of quantities and storage capacities Chapter-2. Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous waste waste generation and their management. generation and their management from the proposed project is given in sections 4.3.2, 4.4.2 & 4.6.2 of Chapter-4. Requirement of water, power, with source of Details of utilities consumption due to proposed supply, status of approval, water balance project is given in section No. 2.6.1 of Chapter-2. diagram, man-power requirement (regular Water balance diagram is given in Figure-2.5 of and contract). Chapter-2. Man-power requirement is given in section no. 4.8.1.1 & 4.8.2 in Chapter-4.

Details of letter of request for water from competent authority will be taken from MIDC. Process description along with major Process flow diagram, process description and equipments and machineries, process flow other details are given in Section 2.4 of Chapter - sheet (quantities) from raw material to 2. products to be provided. Hazard identification and details of proposed Summary of risk assessment for the proposed safety systems. facilities is given in section 7.1 of Chapter-7.

Complete details of risk assessment study are given in Annexure IV. Expansion/modernization proposals: Not Applicable. Copy of all the Environmental Clearance(s) including Amendments thereto obtained for the project from MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached as an Annexure. A certified copy of the latest Monitoring Report of the Regional Office of the Ministry of Environment and Forests as per circular dated 30th May, 2012 on the status of

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

EIA STUDY FOR PDH Document No. B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 AT USAR FOR GAIL Page ii of vi

S. No. Statement Compliance compliance of conditions stipulated in all the existing environmental clearances including Amendments shall be provided. In addition, status of compliance of Consent to Operate for the ongoing I existing operation of the project from SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-EMP report. In case the existing project has not obtained Not applicable environmental clearance. 4. Site Details Location of the project site covering village, Details are given in section 1.3.2 of Chapter-1. Taluka/Tehsil, District and State. Justification for selecting the site, whether Not applicable other sites were considered. A toposheet of the study area of radius of Toposheet indicating location of project is given 10km and site location on 1:50,000/1:25,000 in Figure 1.2 of Chapter-1. scale on an A3/A2 sheet. (Including all eco- sensitive areas and environmentally sensitive places). Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection of Not applicable site. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of Details are given in section 1.3.2 of Chapter-1. the site. Google map-Earth downloaded of the project Site superimposed on satellite imagery is shown site. in Figure 1.1 of Chapter-1. Layout maps indicating existing unit as well Overall plot plan of proposed project is shown in as proposed unit indicating storage area, Figure 2.6 of Chapter-2. plant area, greenbelt area, utilities etc. If located within an Industrial area/Estate/Complex, layout of Industrial Area indicating location of unit within the Industrial area/Estate. Photographs of the proposed and existing (if Existing green belt marked on overall plot plan is applicable) plant site. If existing, show given as Figure 2.6 of Chapter-2. photographs of plantation/greenbelt, in particular. Land-use break-up of total land of the project Thematic land use map are given in Figure 3.5.3 site (identified and acquired), in Chapter-3. government/private - agricultural, forest, wasteland, water bodies, settlements, etc shall be included. (not required for industrial area). A list of major industries with name and type Not Applicable. within study area (10km radius) shall be incorporated. Land use details of the study area Geological features and Geo-hydrological Thematic map of geological features is given in status of the study area shall be included. Annexure-III. Details of Drainage of the project upto 5km Thematic map of drainage in study zone is given radius of study area. in Annexure-III. If the site is within 1km radius of any major river, peak and lean season river discharge as well as flood occurrence frequency based

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

EIA STUDY FOR PDH Document No. B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 AT USAR FOR GAIL Page iii of vi

S. No. Statement Compliance on peak rainfall data of the past 30 years. Details of Flood Level of the project site and maximum Flood Level of the river shall also be provided (mega green field projects). Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is Land owned by GAIL. not complete, stage of the acquisition process and expected time of complete possession of the land. R&R details in respect of land in line with Not applicable state Government policy. 5. Forest and wildlife related issues (if Not applicable applicable): 6. Environmental Status Determination of atmospheric inversion level Meteorological data was collected during at the project site and site-specific micro- January-March, 2018. meteorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and Details are given in section 3.1.1 of Chapter-3. direction and rainfall. AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for Ambient air quality is measured for PM10, PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO and other PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO and other parameters parameters relevant to the project shall be were monitored at six locations during January- collected. The monitoring stations shall be March, 2018. based CPCB guidelines and take into account the pre-dominant wind direction, population Details are given in table 3.1.2 of Chapter-3. zone and sensitive receptors including reserved forests. Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 Ambient air quality Data is given in table 3.1.2 of weeks of all stations as per frequency given Chapter-3. in the NAQQM Notification of Nov. 2009 along with – min., max., average and 98% values for each of the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be provided as an annexure to the EIA Report. Surface water quality of nearby River (100m Surface water quality Data is given in section 3.4 upstream and downstream of discharge point) of Chapter-3. and other surface drains at eight locations as per CPCB/MoEFCC guidelines. Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch Not applicable of river identified by the CPCB/MoEFCC, if yes give details. Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8 Ground water quality Data is given in section 3.4 locations shall be included. of Chapter-3. Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within Noise quality Data is given in section 3.2 of the study area. Chapter-3. Soil Characteristic as per CPCB guidelines. Soil quality Data is given in section 3.5 of Chapter-3. Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, Traffic study Data is given in section 3.3 of frequency of vehicles for transportation of Chapter-3. materials, additional traffic due to proposed project, parking arrangement etc. Detailed description of flora and fauna Detailed description of flora and fauna is given in (terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the study section 3.7 of Chapter-3. area shall be given with special reference to

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

EIA STUDY FOR PDH Document No. B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 AT USAR FOR GAIL Page iv of vi

S. No. Statement Compliance rare, endemic and endangered species. If Schedule-I fauna are found within the study area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be prepared and furnished. Socio-economic status of the study area. Detailed socio-economic status of the study area as per Census 2011 is given in section 3.6 of Chapter-3. 7. Impact and Environment Management Plan Assessment of ground level concentration of Modelling has been carried out using AERMOD pollutants from the stack emission based on and details of modelling are given in section site-specific meteorological features. 4.3.2 of Chapter-4. In case the project is located on a hilly terrain, Not applicable the AQIP Modelling shall be done using inputs of the specific terrain characteristics for determining the potential impacts of the project on the AAQ. Cumulative impact of all sources of emissions Modelling has been carried out using AERMOD (including transportation) on the AAQ of the considering cumulative impact of all sources. area shall be assessed. Details of modelling are given in section 4.3.2 of Chapter-4. Details of the model used and the input data Details of modelling are given in section 4.3.2 of used for modelling shall also be provided. Chapter-4. The air quality contours shall be plotted on a Details of modelling are given in section 4.3.2 of location map showing the location of project Chapter-4. site, habitation nearby, sensitive receptors, if any. Water Quality modelling – in case of Not applicable discharge in water body. Impact of the transport of the raw materials No new transport of raw materials/end products and end products on the surrounding is envisaged under proposed project. environment shall be assessed and provided. A note on treatment of wastewater from Details given in section 4.4.2 of Chapter-4. different plant operations, extent recycled and reused for different purposes shall be included. Complete scheme of effluent treatment. Details given in section 4.4.2 of Chapter-4. Characteristics of untreated and treated Details given in section 4.4.2 of Chapter-4. effluent to meet the prescribed standards of discharge under E(P) Rules. Details of stack emission and action plan for Details are given in section 4.3.2 of Chapter-4 control of emissions to meet standards. Measures for fugitive emission control. Fugitive emissions not envisaged. Details of hazardous waste generation and Details of various types of waste generation from their storage, utilization and management. proposed project is given in section 4.6.2 of Chapter-4. Copies of MOU regarding utilization of solid and hazardous waste in cement plant shall also be included. EMP shall include the concept of waste- minimization, recycle/reuse/recover techniques, Energy conservation, and natural resource conservation.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

EIA STUDY FOR PDH Document No. B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 AT USAR FOR GAIL Page v of vi

S. No. Statement Compliance Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured Not applicable. as per Fly Ash Notification, 2009. A detailed plan of action shall be provided. Action plan for the green belt development Details are given in section 6.4.1 of Chapter-6. plan in 33 % area i.e. land with not less than 1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of species, width of plantation, planning schedule etc. shall be included. The green belt shall be around the project boundary and a scheme for greening of the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated. Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures Details are given in section 6.2.2 of Chapter-6. at plant site shall be submitted to harvest rainwater from the roof tops and storm water drains to recharge the ground water and also to use for the various activities at the project site to conserve fresh water and reduce the water requirement from other sources. Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum Break up of capital and recurring cost/annum for for environmental pollution control measures environmental pollution control measures is shall be included. given in section 6.9 of Chapter-6. Action plan for post-project environmental Post-project environmental monitoring given in monitoring shall be submitted. sections 5.3 & 5.4 of Chapter-5. Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and Man- Summary of Risk Assessment for the proposed made) Preparedness and Emergency facilities is given in section No. 7.1 of Chapter-7. Management Plan including Risk Assessment and damage control. Disaster management Complete details are given in Annexure IV. plan should be linked with District Disaster Management Plan.

8. Occupational health Plan and fund allocation to ensure the Given in section No. 6.7 of Chapter-6. occupational health & safety of all contract and casual workers. Details of exposure specific health status Not applicable. evaluation of worker. If the workers’ health is being evaluated by pre designed format, chest x rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far & Near vision, colour vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, during pre placement and periodical examinations give the details of the same. Details regarding last month analyzed data of above mentioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and department wise. Details of existing Occupational & Safety Not applicable. Hazards. What are the exposure levels of hazards and whether they are within Permissible Exposure level (PEL). If these are not within PEL, what measures the company has adopted to keep them within PEL so that health of the workers can be

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

EIA STUDY FOR PDH Document No. B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 AT USAR FOR GAIL Page vi of vi

S. No. Statement Compliance preserved, Annual report of heath status of workers with Not applicable. special reference to Occupational Health and Safety. 9 Corporate Environment Policy Does the company have a well laid down Yes, HSE policy of the company is given in environment Policy approved by its Board of Figure 6.1 in Chapter-6. Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report. Does the Environment Policy prescribe for Yes. standard operating process / procedures to bring into focus any infringement / deviation / violation of the environmental or forest norms / conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA. What is the hierarchical system or HSE organogram structure is given in figure 5.1 Administrative order of the company to deal in Chapter-5. with the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the environmental clearance conditions? Details of this system may be given. Does the company have system of reporting Details of existing environmental management of non compliances / violations of reporting procedures are given in Chapter-5. environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the company and / or shareholders or stakeholders at large? This reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report. Details regarding infrastructure facilities such No labour camps are envisaged during as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be construction phase of the proposed project. provided to the labour force during construction as well as to the casual workers including truck drivers during operation phase. Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC) Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of the project As per prevailing corporate social policy cost) shall be earmarked towards the adequate funds shall be earmarked for social Enterprise Social Commitment based on well being. Details are given in Section 6.8.5, Public Hearing issues and item-wise details Chapter-6. along with time bound action plan shall be included. Socio-economic development activities need to be elaborated upon Any litigation pending against the project Not applicable and/or any direction/order passed by any Court of Law against the project, if so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the unit received any notice under the Section 5 of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of Air and Water Acts? If so, details thereof and compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and present status of the case.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

EIA STUDY FOR PDH Document No. UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT B078-1742-EI-1801 USAR FOR GAIL Rev. No. 11 Page 1 of 6

INDEX

Sl. No. CONTENTS PAGE No.

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY………………………………………….…………...... (i-xviii)

CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION 1.0 INTRODUCTION 2 1.1 PURPOSE OF THE PROJECT 2 1.2 DETAILS OF PROJECT PROPONENT 2 1.3 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF PROPOSED PROJECT 3 1.4 IMPORTANCE AND BENEFITS OF THE PROJECT 6 1.5 PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE & COST 6 1.6 SCOPE OF THE STUDY 7 1.7 ORGANIZATION OF THE REPORT 7 1.8 MOEF APPROVED TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR EIA 9 CHAPTER 2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION 2.0 INTRODUCTION 11 2.1 EXISTING FACILITIES, OFF-SITE & UTILITIES 11 2.2 KEY CONSIDERATIONS FOR THE PROJECT 11 2.3 PROJECT CONFIGURATION 13 2.4 PROCESS DESCRIPTION 14 2.5 MATERIAL BALANCE 21 2.6 PROPOSED UTILITIES & OFF-SITES 21 CHAPTER 3: BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS 3.0 BASELINE DATA COLLECTION 27 3.1 AIR ENVIRONMENT 27 3.2 NOISE ENVIRONMENT 38 3.3 TRAFFIC ANALYSIS 43 3.4 WATER ENVIRONMENT 50 3.5 LAND ENVIRONMENT 60 3.6 SOCIO - ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT 67 3.7 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT 71 CHAPTER 4: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES 4.0 IMPACT ASSESSMENT 85 4.1 METHODOLOGY 85 4.2 IDENTIFICATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS 88 4.3 AIR ENVIRONMENT 89 4.4 WATER ENVIRONMENT 94 4.5 NOISE ENVIRONMENT 97 4.6 LAND ENVIRONMENT 98 4.7 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT 100 4.8 SOCIO ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT 101 4.9 SUMMARY OF IMPACTS 104 CHAPTER 5: ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM 5.0 INTRODUCTION 106 5.1 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING AND REPORTING PROCEDURE 106 5.2 OBJECTIVES OF MONITORING 108 5.3 CONSTRUCTION PHASE 108 5.4 OPERATION PHASE 109 5.5 SUBMISSION OF MONITORING REPORTS TO MoEFCC 113

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

EIA STUDY FOR PDH Document No. UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT B078-1742-EI-1801 USAR FOR GAIL Rev. No. 1 Page 2 of 6 CHAPTER 6: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 6.1 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT 113 6.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT DURING CONSTRUCTION 115 PHASE 6.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT DURING OPERATION PHASE 117 6.4 MEASURES FOR IMPROVEMENT OF BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT 119 6.5 IMPLEMENTATION OF EMP IN CONSTRUCTION PHASE 124 6.6 IMPLEMENTATION OF EMP IN OPERATION PHASE 126 6.7 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH 126 6.8 DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY OF THE AREA 127 6.9 ESTIMATED COST FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL 129 MANAGEMENT PLAN 6.10 QUALITY, SAFETY, HEALTH AND ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY 131 CHAPTER 7: ADDITIONAL STUDIES 7.0 ADDITIONAL STUDIES 133 7.1 RAPID RISK ASSESSMENT STUDY 133 7.2 PUBLIC HEARING 135 CHAPTER 8: PROJECT BENEFITS 8.1 CONTRIBUTION TO NATIONAL ENERGY SECURITY 140 8.2 PRODUCTION OF POLYPROPYLENE 140 8.3 SOCIO-ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT 140 CHAPTER 9: DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS 9.1 GENERAL INFORMATION 142 9.2 ESTABLISHMENT 142 9.3 EIL’S VISION 143 9.4 EIL’S MISSION 143 9.5 CORE VALUES OF EIL 143 9.6 QUALITY POLICY OF EIL 143 9.7 HSE POLICY OF EIL 143 9.8 RISK MANAGEMENT POLICY OF EIL 144 9.9 SCOPE OF ACCREDITATION 144

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

EIA STUDY FOR PDH Document No. UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT B078-1742-EI-1801 USAR FOR GAIL Rev. No. 1 Page 3 of 6

LIST OF TABLES Table No. Description Page No. Table 1.1 DETAILS OF ENVIRONMENTAL SETTING 4 Table 1.2 PREVIOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCES ISSUED TO GAIL- 9 USAR COMPLEX FROM MOEFCC Table 2.1 PRODUCT DISTRIBUTION SHARE 12 Table 2.2 POLYPROPYLENE SPECIFICATIONS 12 Table 2.3 MATERIAL BALANCE 23 Table 2.4 UTILITIES OF PROPOSED PROJECT 24 Table 2.5 MATERIAL BALANCE 24 Table 2.6 SOLID WASTE SUMMARY 25 Table 3.1 MONTHLY MEAN IMD DATA OF MUMBAI (YEARS: 1981-2010) 29 Table 3.2 AAQ DATA 35 Table 3.3 AMBIENT NOISE QUALITY DATA AT USAR 42 Table 3.4 TRAFFIC DENSITY MONITORING DATA AT USAR 46 LOCATION: BAMANGAON TO VAVE VILLAGE Table 3.5 TRAFFIC DENSITY MONITORING DATA AT USAR 47 LOCATION: KHANAV TO USAR VILLAGE Table 3.6 TRAFFIC DENSITY MONITORING DATA AT USAR 48 LOCATION: VAVE TO ROHA VILLAGE Table 3.7 TRAFFIC DENSITY MONITORING DATA AT USAR 49 LOCATION: BELOSHI TO VAVE VILLAGE Table 3.8 LIST OF PARAMETERS AND THEIR METHOD OF ANALYSIS 52 Table 3.9 GROUND WATER QUALITY DATA AT USAR 55 Table 3.10 SURFACE WATER QUALITY DATA AT USAR 56 Table 3.11 LIST OF PARAMETERS AND METHOD OF ANALYSIS 61 Table 3.12 SOIL QUALITY RESULTS AT USAR 63 Table 3.13 SUMMARY OF LANDUSE PATTERN STATISTICS FOR USAR 67 Table 3.14 POPULATION COMPOSITION 68 Table 3.15 OCCUPATIONAL STRUCTURE 69 Table 3.16 LITERACY LEVELS 70 Table 3.17 AREAS OF ECOLOGICAL IMPORTANCE IDENTIFIED DURING 72 THE RECONNAISSANCE Table 3.18 TERRESTRIAL AND AQUATIC HABITATS IDENTIFIED WITHIN 74 THE DIFFERENT ZONES OF THE STUDY AREA. Table 3.19 FOREST TYPES REPRESENTED IN THE STUDY AREA 75 Table 3.20 AREAS OF ECOLOGICAL SIGNIFICANCE IN THE STUDY AREA 77 Table 3.21 LIST OF MAMMALS REPORTED TO OCCUR IN THE STUDY 77 AREA Table 3.22 BIRD SPECIES RECORDED IN THE RESERVED AND 78 PROTECTED FORESTS WITHIN THE STUDY AREA. Table 3.23 RECORDS OF BIRD SPECIES FROM COASTAL AND FRESH 81 WATER ZONES OF THE STUDY Table 4.1 MATRIX FOR EVALUATING SPATIAL CRITERIA 88 Table 4.2 MATRIX FOR EVALUATING TEMPORAL CRITERIA 89 Table 4.3 MATRIX FOR EVALUATING SIGNIFICANCE 89 Table 4.4 IMPACT IDENTIFICATION MATRIX 90 Table 4.5 IMPACT OF AIR EMISSIONS (CONSTRUCTION PHASE) 91 Table 4.6 EMISSION SUMMARY 93 Table 4.7 PREDICTED VALUES OF GLC FOR SO2 93 Table 4.8 PREDICTED VALUES OF GLC FOR NOX 95 Table 4.9 IMPACT OF AIR EMISSIONS (OPERATION PHASE) 96

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

EIA STUDY FOR PDH Document No. UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT B078-1742-EI-1801 USAR FOR GAIL Rev. No. 1 Page 4 of 6

LIST OF TABLES Table No. Description Page No. Table 4.10 IMPACT OF WATER CONSUMPTION (CONSTRUCTION PHASE) 97 Table 4.11 IMPACT OF EFFLUENT GENERATION 97 (CONSTRUCTION PHASE) Table 4.12 IMPACT OF WATER CONSUMPTION (OPERATION PHASE) 98 Table 4.13 IMPACT OF EFFLUENT GENERATION (OPERATION PHASE) 98 Table 4.14 SOUND PRESSURE (NOISE) LEVELS OF CONSTRUCTION 99 MACHINERY Table 4.15 IMPACT ON AMBIENT NOISE (CONSTRUCTION PHASE) 99 Table 4.16 IMPACT ON AMBIENT NOISE (OPERATION PHASE) 100 Table 4.17 IMPACT ON LAND USE & TOPOGRAPHY 101 (CONSTRUCTION PHASE) Table 4.18 IMPACT ON SOIL QUALITY (CONSTRUCTION PHASE) 101 Table 4.19 IMPACT ON SOIL QUALITY (OPERATION PHASE) 102 Table 4.20 IMPACT ON BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT 102 (CONSTRUCTION PHASE) Table 4.21 IMPACT ON BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT 103 (OPERATION PHASE) Table 4.22 IMPACT ON SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT 104 (CONSTRUCTION PHASE) Table 4.23 IMPACT ON SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT 106 (OPERATION PHASE) Table 4.24 SUMMARY OF IMPACT EVALUATION IN TERMS OF 106 SIGNIFICANCE VALUE Table 5.1 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME– 108 CONSTRUCTION PHASE (4 YEARS) Table 5.2 NOISE LEVEL TO BE MONITORED 109 Table 5.3 AMBIENT AIR TO BE MONITORED 110 Table 6.1 INDIAN ENVIRONMENTAL LEGISLATION/RULES 113 Table 6.2 SUGGESTED SPECIES FOR PLANTATION IN GREENBELT 120 DEVELOPMENT Table 6.3 ELEMENTS OF HSE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DURING EPC 124 PHASE Table 6.4 DETAILS OF CSR BUDGET SPENT FOR THE LAST FIVE YEARS 128 AT GAIL, USAR Table 6.5 BUDGET OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 129 (CAPITAL COST) Table 6.6 BUDGET OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 130 (RECURRING COST PER ANNUM)

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

EIA STUDY FOR PDH Document No. UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT B078-1742-EI-1801 USAR FOR GAIL Rev. No. 1 Page 5 of 6

LIST OF FIGURES Figure No. DESCRIPTION Figure 1.1 LOCATION OF PROPOSED PLANT 5 Figure 1.2 TOPOSHEET INDICATING LOCATION OF PROPOSED PLANT 6 Figure 2.1 BASIC SCHEMATIC OF THE CONFIGURATION PROPOSED 14 PLANT Figure 2.2 - 2.6 DIFFERENT TECHNOLOGIES FOR PROCESS UNITS 14-19 Figure 2.7 THE PLOT PLAN OF PROPOSED PLANT AT USAR 24 Figure 2.8 WATER BALANCE DIAGRAM FOR THE PROPOSED PDH-PP 25 UNIT PROJECT Figure 3.1 COMPARISON OF WIND ROSE DIAGRAM 29 Figure 3.2 SELECTED AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STATIONS FOR GAIL 34 PLANT AT USAR Figure 3.3 GRAPHICAL REPRESENTATION OF PARTICULATES (PM10 & 36 PM2.5) Figure 3.4 GRAPHICAL REPRESENTATION OF GASEOUS 36 POLLUTANTS (SO2 & NOX) Figure 3.5 GRAPHICAL REPRESENTATION OF HC POLLUTANT 37 Figure 3.6 LOCATION OF AMBIENT NOISE SAMPLING STATIONS AT 41 USAR Figure 3.7 GRAPHICAL REPRESENTATION OF EQUIVALENT NOISE 43 LEVELS FOR THE PROPOSED SITES Figure 3.8 LOCATION OF TRAFFIC ANALYSIS SAMPLING STATIONS AT 45 USAR Figure 3.9 LOCATION OF TRAFFIC ANALYSIS SAMPLING STATIONS AT 54 USAR Figure 3.10 SOIL SAMPLING LOCATIONS AROUND PETROLEUM PLANT 62 AT USAR Figure 3.11 SOIL TEXTURE DIAGRAM OF THE STUDY AREA 64 Figure 3.12 LANDUSE MAP OF USAR 67 Figure 4.1 ISOPLETHS FOR GLC- 24 HOURLY SO2 FOR PROPOSED 92 PROJECT Figure 4.2 ISOPLETHS FOR GLC- 24 HOURLY NOX FOR PROPOSED 93 PROJECT Figure 5.1 HSE ORGANOGRAM 107 Figure 5.2 FIRE & SAFETY ORGANOGRAM OF EXISTING PLANT AT 107 USAR Figure 6.1 HSE POLICY OF GAIL 131 Figure 7.1 PHOTOS FROM THE PUBLIC HEARING HELD FOR THE 138 PROPOSED PROJECT Figure 9.1 EIL ACCREDITATION CERTIFICATE BY NABET 145

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

EIA STUDY FOR PDH Document No. UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT B078-1742-EI-1801 USAR FOR GAIL Rev. No. 1 Page 6 of 6 LIST OF ANNEXURES

Annexure No. Annexure Title I. APPROVED TOR II. PREVIOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCES, CONSENT TO OPERATE AND COMPLIANCES TO EC III. ALL GIS THEMATIC MAPS IV. WATER ALLOCATION LETTER FROM MIDC V. RAPID RISK ANALYSIS REPORT VI. PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDINGS

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT i Rev. No. 0 AT USAR FOR GAIL Page i of xviii

.

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 0 AT USAR FOR GAIL Page ii of xviii

1.0 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

The Executive Summary covers the following topics in brief: 1. Project Description 2. Description of Environment 3. Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation measures 4. Environmental Monitoring Program 5. Environment Management Plan 6. Additional studies 7. Project Benefits

1.1 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

GAIL (India) Limited is India’s principal Gas Transmission and Marketing Company under the Ministry of Petroleum and Natural Gas, Government of India. GAIL is also in the business of Gas Processing, Petrochemicals, LPG, Transmission and Telecommunications. The company has also extended its presence in Power, Liquefied Natural Gas regasification, City Gas Distribution and Exploration & Production through equity and joint ventures participations.

GAIL has six LPG recovery plants across various states in India. LPG recovery Plant at Usar was commissioned in 1998 with design capacity to process 5.0 MMSCMD of rich gas. Presently, LPG Usar plant is under shutdown and is in preservation mode due to non availability of rich gas.

GAIL is planning to utilize the land and other facilities existing at Usar and set up GAIL Petrochemical Complex Project’ Usar “wherein a 500 KTPA Propane Dehydrogenation unit integrated with Polypropylene unit is proposed to be set up.

The proposed facilities will be set-up along with the existing facilities at USAR. The proposed project shall benefit from the land in possession of GAIL as well as coastal location of the existing facility for both Propane Import and product evacuation, nearby port facility, proximity to highways and ease of getting environmental clearance.

As per the Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change (MoEFCC), New Delhi, any new project or modernization or expansion project need to have an Environmental Clearance from MoEFCC. In accordance with this, GAIL decided to conduct Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) study. Based on the TOR, three months non- monsoon baseline data of January, 2018-March, 2018 was collected and analyzed.

M/s GAIL has entrusted M/s Engineers India Limited (EIL) to carry out environment impact assessment study and preparation of environmental management plan for various environmental components of the proposed project. EIL is an accredited consultant for carrying out EIA studies by Quality Council of India (QCI-NABET) for Petro-chemical complexes (industries based on processing of petroleum fractions & natural gas and/or reforming to aromatics) [Sl. no. 5(c), Category A as per 2006 EIA Notification].

Overall area of the proposed project is approximately 160 acres which is already in possession of GAIL. The proposed project of is expected to be mechanically completed in 48 months. The total estimated cost of PDH & PP Complex is around Rs. 6707.67 Crores.

1.1.1 Proposed Process Unit Description

The proposed complex shall consist of a Propane De-Hydrogenation (PDH) Unit which utilizes propane as feedstock for conversion into propylene through De-Hydrogenation

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 0 AT USAR FOR GAIL Page iii of xviii

route. The generated propylene from the PDH unit will be used in a downstream Polypropylene (PP) unit to convert to Poly propylene unit.

Material balance:

Description MTPA Feedstock Propane (90% purity) 609 Product Polypropylene 500

Utilities of Proposed Project:

Utilities & Off-sites Capacity Steam & Power • Gas based steam Boiler (50 TPH) (1+1) x 405 Deg. C Generation @ 43 kg/cm2a • ~ 125 MW Power Import from Grid.

Compressed Air • Nitrogen Plant – 2600 Nm3/hr System • Plant Air – 760 Nm3/hr • Instrument Air – 2770 Nm3/hr

Cooling Water Total Requirement – 16000 m3/hr (4 + 1) Cells of 4000 m3 each Treated Water Treated Water rate– 500 m3/hr System Treated Water Storage - based on 7.5 days storage. RO Based DM Plant 105 M3/hr (feed basis) Condensate Polishing 12 m3/hr Unit Effluent Treatment 15 m3/hr Plant

Storage & Off-sites:

Utilities & Off-sites Description Storages Propane - 5 Mounded Bullets Propylene - 3 Mounded Bullets Hydrogen Storage Treated Water - 3 Tanks Polypropylene Warehouse Fire water reservoir Onshore Pipelines Treated Water - 28”

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 0 AT USAR FOR GAIL Page iv of xviii

1.2 EXISTING ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS

The description of the existing environmental status of the study area is summarized here.

1.2.1 Air Environment

PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, HC (Methane & Non Methane) CO, Benzene at six different locations during January, 2018 –March, 2018. A summary of the same is given in Table 1.1.

Table 1.1 Summary of Baseline data of AAQs

Usar Particulates Locations NAAQS Min Max Avg. AAQ-1 60 67 62.5 AAQ-2 57 61 58.8 AAQ-3 57 62 59.0 PM 100 10 AAQ-4 52 60 56.4 AAQ-5 64 73 67.8 AAQ-6 53 59 56.2 AAQ-1 26 31 28.2 AAQ-2 27 30 27.6 AAQ-3 25 30 26.9 PM 60 2.5 AAQ-4 24 29 26.7 AAQ-5 31 35 32.5 AAQ-6 23 28 25.5 AAQ-1 11.8 13.5 12.7 AAQ-2 11.6 13.5 12.6 AAQ-3 12.1 14.1 13.2 SO 80 2 AAQ-4 11.5 13.2 12.5 AAQ-5 13.5 15.7 14.7 AAQ-6 11.4 12.8 12.2 AAQ-1 14.2 15.7 15.0 AAQ-2 13.5 15.5 14.6 AAQ-3 14.5 16.3 15.2 NO 80 X AAQ-4 13.1 14.9 14.2 AAQ-5 15.2 17.8 16.5 AAQ-6 13.2 14.6 14.1 AAQ-1 0.51 0.59 0.54 AAQ-2 0.41 0.58 0.48 AAQ-3 0.26 0.48 0.39 HC - AAQ-4 0.34 0.48 0.41 AAQ-5 0.68 0.79 0.72 AAQ-6 0.35 0.47 0.40 AAQ-1 BDL 0.04 0.02 AAQ-2 BDL 0.03 0.01 AAQ-3 BDL 0.04 0.02 NMHC - AAQ-4 BDL 0.06 0.02 AAQ-5 0.11 0.33 0.23 AAQ-6 0.01 0.05 0.03

All parameters were found well within limits prescribed by NAAQS 2009.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 0 AT USAR FOR GAIL Page v of xviii

1.2.2 Water Environment:

For assessing the quality of water around the 10 km radius of the proposed plant, 7 samples were collected from the nearby villages. Out of 7 samples, three (3) samples were collected from the surface water and the remaining four (4) samples were collected from ground water source of the nearby villages. The analysis results for 07 locations collected during the winter season are:

pH

The pH for all the ground and surface water samples collected in the study area ranges from 7.42-7.71 and 7.30-8.2.

Temperature

Temperature values for all ground water locations were found in the range of 26 & 27ͼC and for surface water locations were found to be as 26 & 27ͼC.

Total Dissolved Solids (TDS)

TDS values are ranging from 269 to 416 mg/L for all ground water samples. In case of surface water samples, the TDS was found to be 359 to 24765 mg/L respectively.

Dissolved Oxygen The DO value for surface water samples was 2.7 to 3.7 mg/L.

Biological Oxygen Demand (BOD) The BOD values were found to be in the range of 27 to 154 mg/L for all the surface water samples.

Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) The COD values for all surface water samples were found to be 245 to 360 mg/L respectively.

Heavy Metals

Heavy metals such as Lead (Pb), Iron (Fe), Copper (Cu), Zinc (Zn), and Manganese (Mn) are found below the detectable limits.

Toxic compounds

No Toxic compounds observed in all the 7 samples analyzed.

Sulphate (SO4)

Sulphate concentration for all ground water samples were found to be in range of 6 to 125 mg/L, and are observed to be within the permissible limits of 400 mg/L for all locations. Beyond the permissible limit causes gastro intestinal irritation when magnesium and sodium are present.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 0 AT USAR FOR GAIL Page vi of xviii

For all surface water samples, Sulphate concentration was found to be 57 to 89 mg/L respectively.

Nitrate (NO3)

The nitrate concentration was in the range of 1.2 to 4.3 mg/L for all ground water locations, and are observed to be within the desirable limits of 45 mg/L as per IS:10500. For all surface water locations, nitrate was found to be 4.2 to 12.4 mg/L respectively.

Total Phosphorous (P)

Phosphorous concentration was in the range of 0.01 to 0.03 mg/L for all ground water locations and for all surface water samples concentration was found to be 0.006 to 0.03 mg/L respectively.

Total Hardness as CaCO3

Total hardness were found to be in the range of 110 to 195 mg/L for all ground water locations and are observed within the permissible limit of 600 mg/L for all locations. For all surface water locations, TH was found to be 125 to 5640 mg/L respectively.

Total Alkalinity as CaCO3

Total Alkalinity were found to be in the range of 41 to 181 mg/L for all ground water locations which were observed to be within the desirable limit of 200 mg/L as per IS:10500. For all surface water locations, total alkalinity was found to be 62 to 119 mg/L respectively.

Chlorides (Cl)

Chlorides concentration were found in the range of 21 to 107 mg/L for all ground water locations and are observed within the permissible limit of 1000 mg/L as per IS: 10500. For all surface water locations, chloride concentration was found to be 90 to 13374 mg/L respectively.

Total Suspended Solids (TSS)

TSS concentration was found to be in the range of 4 mg/L for all ground water locations and for all surface water locations, the TSS was found to be 12 to 14 mg/L respectively.

Sodium (Na)

Sodium concentrations were found to be in the range of 10 to 95 mg/L for all ground water locations and for all surface water locations, the sodium concentrations were found to be 70 to 6164 mg/L respectively.

Potassium (K)

Potassium concentrations were found to be in the range of 1.0 to 2.0 mg/L for all ground water locations and for all surface water locations, the concentration was found to be 2.0 to 8.0 mg/L respectively.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 0 AT USAR FOR GAIL Page vii of xviii

1.2.3 Noise Environment:

Noise levels were monitored at 4 different locations within the study area. The day time equivalent noise level ranges from 51.5 dB(A) to 52.1 dB(A) and the night time equivalent noise levels ranges from 40.4 dB(A) to 42.6 dB(A). However, these levels are found to be well within the permissible industrial limits (75 dB (A)).

1.2.4 Soil Environment:

Soil samples were collected from 4locations within the study area out of which one location falls within the proposed site area. Soil in study area is based on particle sizes of the samples collected from the site; they are mostly falling in loam, sandy loam and Clay loam category. Sand percent was varying from 31 to 46.5%, Silt percent was in the range of 28.5 to 33.5% and Clay was varying in range of 24 to 38.5%.

The concentration of OM in soils generally ranges from 0.07% to 0.29% of the total topsoil mass for most upland soils. Soils whose upper horizons consist of less than 0.51% organic matter are mostly limited to desert areas, while the OM content of soils in low-lying, wet areas can be as high as 90%.

1.2.5 Biological Environment:

The study area is located in AlibagTaluka of District Raigad, Maharashtra. Substantial areas under Alibag Forest Division and Roha Sub Division fall in the study area. The topography of the area within 10 km radius of the proposed project site is mostly hilly, rugged and in some places highly precipitous with general slope towards west. The chief hill range in the study area is the Western Ghats running north-south and occupying a major proportion of the area. This range forms the eastern boundary for the Kolaba Forest Division and the proposed project site at Usar. Another rugged belt of hills run along west. In between these two hill ranges, there is an intricate network of numerous and irregular minor hill ranges with spurs and shoot stretches of the Western Ghats in the east. The elevation of these hills range between 40 and 400 m above MSL. All the hill ranges are extensively cut by numerous rivulets and rivers forming many irregular ravines and valleys

For recording the detailed information on the ecological/biological parameters within the study area, the area within the 10 km radial distance was further categorised into the following three zones.

Core zone:

This included the area between the project site and the radial distance of 2.5 km. The core zone represents the hub of the major activities and is therefore likely to receive the maximum impacts of the project related activities. Most of the changes in the landscape are also expected to occur in this zone.

Middle zone:

This included the area beyond 2.5 km but well within 5 km of the radial distance from project site. This zone is likely to receive perturbations of secondary nature.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 0 AT USAR FOR GAIL Page viii of xviii

Outer zone:

This included the area beyond 5 km but well within 10 km of the radial distance from the project site. This zone represents the area outside the impacts of project related disturbance. The objective of inclusion of this area in the study has been to ascertain the spatial limits of project related impacts.

The forest areas of Vave, Ambepur, Bapale, Chinchoti, Bagmala and Chaul fall in the middle zone. These areas have been mainly used by the Forest Department to raise plantations. The two dominant tree species that are raised in these plantations are Acacia auriculiformis and Tectonagrandis. The overall ground cover in all these areas is in highly degraded form. The PF and RF areas of Belkade of the outer zone were generally in degraded form as a result of high biotic disturbances. At present, the State Forest Department has planted Acacia auriculiformis in this area. Other naturally occurring species were Mangiferaindica, Phoenix sylvestris and Tectonagrandis. The shrub layer comprised mainly of Lantana camera and Carissa congesta. The overall ground cover was fairly low. The PFs near Dhavar and Umte villages also located in the outer zone are fairly well stocked and relatively free from biotic pressures. These are generally confined to hillocks. Acacia auriculiformis was the major species. The RF comprised of thickets of Lantana camera and Carissa congesta.

As per Ministry of Environment & Forests Notifications and local forest notifications, there are no wildlife/bird sanctuaries/national parks/ biospheres in 10-km radius from plant site.

1.2.6 Socio-economic conditions:

The socio-economic aspects of the study area are assessed using Primary and Secondary data. Secondary data was also collected from published sources like, census data of 2011. A person aged 7 years and above who can both read and write with understanding any language has been taken as literate. It is not necessary for a person to have received any formal education or passed any minimum educational standard for being treated as literate. The number and the percentage of literates within the study area is 76.66 %and 48472for the total study area among the total population of 63226.Total nos. of workers is 29276. Population breakup within 10 km radius of the plant as per 2011 census is 31868 male and 31358 female which makes up a Total population about 63226 respectively, with 02.28 % of SC and 15.03 % of ST Population.

1.3 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS

The environmental impacts associated with the proposed project during construction and operational phases of the project on various environmental components have been identified and are given in Table 1.2.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 0 AT USAR FOR GAIL Page ix of xviii

Table 1.2: Impact Identification Matrix

Physical Biological Socio- economic

Activities

Flora Fauna quality quality) Ground / Ground / (quantity / (quantity / Ambient air occupation Infrastructure Livelihood & Ambient noise surface water topography & topography & drainage, soil) Land (land use, Land (land use, CONSTRUCTION PHASE Site preparation * * * * * * Civil works * * * Heavy equipment * operations Disposal of construction * wastes Generation/disposal of * * sewerage Transportation of materials * * OPERATION PHASE Commissioning of Process units, utilities and offsite * * * Product handling and * storage Emissions &Waste management – Air, liquid * * * and solid waste

Impacts have been assessed considering spatial, temporal, intensity and vulnerability scales and its overall significance value is given in Table 1.3.

Table 1.3: Impact Assessment Summary

Environmental component Construction Operation Air Low Low Water Consumption of Raw Water Low Medium Generation of Effluent Low Low Land Land use & Topography Low - Soil Quality Low Low Noise Low Low Biological Low Low Socio-Economic Low Low

1.4 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND MITIGATION MEASURES

1.4.1 AIR ENVIRONMENT

Construction Phase Impacts (Significance - Low) • Dust will be generated from earth-moving, grading and civil works, and movement of vehicles on unpaved roads.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 0 AT USAR FOR GAIL Page x of xviii

• PM, CO, NOx, & SO2 will be generated from operation of diesel sets and diesel engines of machineries and vehicles.

Mitigation Measures • Ensuring preventive maintenance of vehicles and equipment. • Ensuring vehicles with valid Pollution under Control certificates are used. • Implementing dust control activities such as water sprinkling on unpaved sites. • Controlling vehicle speed on site

Operation Phase

Impacts (Significance - Low)

3 The resultant SO2 with ambient air quality concentration is estimated as 18.45µg/m which is well within the standard limits for 24 hourly average for industrial area i.e. 80 µg/m3.

The resultant NOx ambient air quality concentration is estimated as 19.91µg/m3 which is less than which is well within the standard limits for 24 hourly average for industrial area i.e. 80 µg/m3.

Mitigation measures • Ensuring preventive maintenance of equipment. • Regular monitoring of air polluting concentrations.

1.4.2 WATER ENVIRONMENT

Construction Phase

Impacts (Significance –Low) • The effluent streams will be generated regularly that will comprise of Sewage, grey water from site area and washing water for vehicle and equipment maintenance area. Mitigation Measures • Monitoring water usage at work sites to prevent wastage.

Operation Phase

Impacts (Significance –Medium)

For proposed project additional treated water requirement is 500 m3/hr. The water required will be sourced from Maharashtra Industrial Development Corporation (MIDC) which is provided through water supply pipeline upto battery limit/boundary wall of petrochemical complex.

The impact on water environment during the operation phase of the proposed changes shall be in terms of water consumption and waste water generation due to process activities. There shall be 15 m3/hr of liquid effluent generation from proposed plant.

Mitigation Measures

• The proposed unit is a Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) process plant during normal operation.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 0 AT USAR FOR GAIL Page xi of xviii

• 15 m3/hr of liquid effluent generation from proposed plant is feed of RO recycle plant for its tertiary treatment.

• From the RO based DM Plant / Tertiary Treatment Plant (TTP), the approximate quantity of reject generated is 26 m3/ hour. For achieving zero liquid discharge from the complex a Multiple Effect Evaporator/ Crystalliser Plant (MEE) followed by Solar Evaporation Pond is considered.

• The RO reject stream is envisaged to be routed to a Multiple Effect Evaporator/ Crystalliser Plant for further water recovery and for reducing the quantity of high total dissolved solids (TDS) stream. The water recovered from the Multiple Effect Evaporator/ Crystalliser Plant shall be reused as treated water/ cooling water makeup within the complex. The high TDS concentrate stream from Multiple Effect Evaporator/ Crystalliser Plant shall be disposed safely in to a Solar Evaporation Pond within the complex of approximate size of 60 m x 60 m for evaporation by natural means thereby achieving Zero Liquid discharge from the complex. The required facility is considered to be located adjacent (south) to the ETP plant in the complex.

1.4.3 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

Construction Phase

Impacts (Significance –Low) • Noise generation due to operation of heavy equipment and machinery, movement of heavy vehicles in site preparation and civil works.

Mitigation Measures • Ensuring preventive maintenance of equipments and vehicles.

Operation Phase

Impacts (Significance –Low) Noise level measurements were carried out in day and night times at numerous locations around the existing operating units within the refinery. No additional impact is envisaged.

Mitigation Measures • Avoiding continuous (more than 8 hrs) exposure of workers to high noise areas. • Provision of ear muffs at the high noise areas • Ensuring preventive maintenance of equipment.

1.4.4 LAND ENVIRONMENT

Construction Phase Impacts (Significance –Low) • Generation of debris/construction material, but being the modifications limited to existing area, the generation of such waste shall be minimal.

Mitigation Measures • Restricting all construction activities inside the project boundary. • Ensuring any material resulting from clearing and grading should not be deposited on approach roads, streams or ditches, which may hinder the passage and/or natural water drainage. • Developing project specific waste management plan and hazardous material handling plan for the construction phase.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 0 AT USAR FOR GAIL Page xii of xviii

Operation Phase Impacts (Significance – Low) • Spent Catalyst will be generated after every 4 years. Mitigation Measures • Spent catalyst will be sent to authorize recyclers. • Other solid waste shall be sent to authorized landfill facilities.

1.4.5 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

Construction Phase Impacts (Significance –Low) • The proposed facilities are to be developed in the land owned by GAIL. The project site does not harbor any fauna of importance. Therefore, the impact of construction activities on fauna will be insignificant.

Mitigation Measures: • Closing of trenches as soon as possible of construction. • Prevent littering of work sites with wastes, especially plastic and hazardous waste. • Training of drivers to maintain speed limits.

Operation Phase Impacts (Significance – Low) • The impacts due to proposed project activities during operation phase shall be insignificant due to minimal additional air emissions. There is negligible SO2 generation envisaged. Hence, no additional harmful affect is envisaged on surrounding agricultural fields.

Mitigation measures • Development of 106 acres of greenbelt area. • Plant trees during operation phase as per greenbelt development plan. • Proper maintenance of green belt developed which provides food and habitat for local macro and micro fauna. • Survival rate of the planted trees should be closely monitored.

1.4.6 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

Construction Phase Impacts (Significance – Low) • Generation of temporary employment of substantial number of personnel. The average temporary manpower requirement is 2500 people for the first two years and subsequently for next two years 1500 people shall be required. • Transport requirements will arise during the construction phase due to the movement of both the personnel and materials. • An impact on basic necessities like shelter, food, water, sanitation and medical facilities for the temporary workers and truck drivers. • The majority of skilled and unskilled laborers are available in the impact area itself, the incremental effect on housing during the construction phase will be minimal.

Mitigation measures • Conducting awareness programmes for workers. • Monitoring speed and route of project-related vehicles • Determining safe, legal load limits of all bridges and roads that will be used by heavy vehicles and machinery. • Determining allowable traffic patterns in the affected area throughout the work week will be made based on community use, include a consideration of the large turning

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 0 AT USAR FOR GAIL Page xiii of xviii

requirements of certain vehicles/machineries that might increase congestion and traffic hazards. • Consolidating deliveries of materials and personnel to project sites, whenever feasible, to minimize flow of traffic. • Minimizing interruption of access to community for use of public infrastructure • Providing prior notice to affected parties when their access will be blocked, even temporarily. • Preventing use of drugs and alcohol in project-sites • Preventing possession of firearms by project-personnel, except those responsible for security.

Operation Phase

Impacts (Significance – Low) • Employment generation, effects on transport and other basic infrastructure. • Transport requirements will arise due to the movement of both the personnel and materials.

Mitigation measures • Extending reach of CSR Program. • Monitoring speed and route of project-related vehicles.

1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN AND MONITORING PROGRAM

Budget has been estimated for implementation of environmental management plan during construction and operational phases and is given in Table 1.4&1.5 respectively.

Table 1.4: BUDGET OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (Capital Cost)

Sl. No. Activity Cost (Rupees in Lakhs) 1.0 Air Environment 1.1 Plantation Activities (Trees and 250.0 Shrubs) 1.2 Online analyzers & monitoring 200.0 2.0 Noise Environment 2.1 Additional Plantation Activities Included in 1.1 2.2 Audiometric tests 5.0 3.0 Water Environment 3.1 Rain water Harvesting pits 50.0 3.2 New Packaged ETP 500.0 4.0 Land Environment 4.1 Additional Plantation Activities Included in 1.1 4.2 Solid waste management 20.0 5.0 Biological Environment 5.1 Additional Plantation Activities Included in 1.1 Budget for EMP (Capital Cost) 1025.0

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 0 AT USAR FOR GAIL Page xiv of xviii

Table 1.5: BUDGET OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (Recurring Cost Per Annum)

Sl. No. Activity Cost (Rupees in Lakhs) 1.0 Air Environment 1.1 Additional Plantation Activities 100.0 (Trees and Shrubs) 1.2 Air quality monitoring 20.0 2.0 Noise Environment 2.1 Additional Plantation Activities Included in 1.1 2.2 Audiometric tests 3.0 3.0 Water Environment 3.1 Rain water Harvesting pits 5.0 4.0 Land Environment 4.1 Additional Plantation Activities Included in 1.1 4.2 Solid waste management 10.0 5.0 Biological Environment 5.1 Additional Plantation Activities Included in 1.1 Budget for EMP (Recurring Cost 138.0 per Annum)

1.6 ADDITIONAL STUDIES

1.6.1 RAPID RISK ASSESSMENT

RRA study carried out and mostly evaluates the consequences of potential failure scenarios, assess extent of damages, based on damage criteria’s and suggest suitable measures for mitigating the Hazard.

The detailed consequence analysis of release of hydrocarbon in case of major credible scenarios is modeled in terms of release rate, dispersion and flammability which have been discussed in detail in the report. The Observations and recommendations arising out of the Rapid Risk analysis study for units under upcoming Usar Petrochemical project are summarized below:

Analysis of high frequency failure scenarios in PDH and PP unit is as given below:

PP Unit  Instrument tapping failure at Propylene charge pump, it is observed that LFL may reach a distance of 46 m and may extend beyond the unit boundary. The jet fire radiation intensities of 37.5 and 12.5 kW/m2 may be realized upto 45 and 55 m respectively. The 5 & 3 psi overpressure blast waves may reach a distance of 51 m and 55 m respectively. Similarly in case of Instrument tapping failure at Recycle pump discharge, it is observed that LFL may reach a distance of 46 m from the source. The jet fire radiation intensities of 37.5 and 12.5 kW/m2 may be realized upto45 and 54 m respectively. The 5 & 3 psi overpressure blast waves may reach a distance of 51 m and 55 m respectively. However the effects are observed to be largely restricted within the unit provided the equipments are suitably sited.

PDH  In case of high frequency failure scenarios in PDH unit such as Instrument tapping failure in Propane line at B/L, It is observed that LFL may reach a distance of 42 m and may cross the unit boundary. The jet fire radiation intensities of 37.5 and 12.5kW/m2 may

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 0 AT USAR FOR GAIL Page xv of xviii

cause escalation within the unit. The 5 & 3 psi overpressure blast waves, if realized may have an effect zone of 50 m and 54 m respectively. Also in case of Instrument tapping failure at De-ethanizer bottom pump it was observed that LFL may reach a distance of 49 m from the source. The jet fire radiation intensities of37.5 and 12.5kW/m2 may reach a distance of 42 m and 51 m respectively with possible localized escalation. The 5 & 3 psi overpressure blast waves may reach a distance of 51 m and 56 m respectively. Similar effect distances are noticed in case of Instrument tapping failure at De-ethanizer feed dryer inlet line and Instrument tapping failure at Reject C4 Pump.

Note: The loss of containment scenarios, equipment locations and conditions are indicative and need further assessment during detailing. It may also be noted that, there exists a possibility of other loss of containment scenarios, whose blast overpressure waves may affect the new control room based on the location of equipment in the unit and technology selected.

LPG unit  From the high frequency failure scenarios such as Instrument tapping failure at LPG column bottom line/NGL pump inlet, it is observed that LFL may reach a distance of80 m from the source. The jet fire radiation intensities of 37.5 and 12.5kW/m2 may lead to localized escalation. The Late pool fire radiation intensities of 12.5 kW/m2may be realized at a distance of 33 m from the source. The 5 psi overpressure blast wave may possibly affect the control room. The existing Lab building may be subjected to 3 psi overpressure blast waves.

In case of a 20mm Leak in LP separator bottom outlet, it is observed that LFL may reach a distance of 86 m from the source. The jet fire radiation intensities of 37.5 and12.5 kW/m2 may lead to a localized escalation. The 5 & 3 psi overpressure blast waves may reach a distance of 99 m and 107 m which may affect the existing control room and PDH unit partially. Similar effects are noticed in case of 20mm Leak in HP separator bottom outlet.

Hence based on the above consequences, following are recommended:

• Provide adequate number of gas detectors (H2 &/HC) at suitable locations within unit (PDH/PP/LPG) for early leak detection. Also philosophy for quick isolation (through ROV’s) for vessels and columns containing inventories of C4/C5 and lighters should be developed for PDH/PP plants as a part of good safety design practice.

• In PP unit, it is suggested locate the extrusion and pellet handling sections towards the western side for enhanced safety.

• It is advisable to consider blast resistant construction of new MCR.

• It is suggested to relocate the existing lab building to a safe location beyond the explosion effects based on scenarios arising out of LPG unit.

• Ensure LPG control room is of blast resistant construction (or) explore integration of the same with New MCR.

In case of low frequency high consequence credible failure scenarios in PDH unit such as:

Large hole at Product Splitter bottom, it is observed that LFL distances may reach upto112 m. The jet fire radiation intensities of 37.5 kW/m2 and 12.5 kW/m2 may reach a distance of 82 m and 100 m (@2F condition) respectively. The 5 & 3 psi over pressure blast waves may reach a distance of 131 m and 140 m respectively and may affect new

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 0 AT USAR FOR GAIL Page xvi of xviii

MCR and existing MCR depending on the location of equipment in the unit. Similarly in case of large hole at de-ethanizer reflux drum bottom, it is observed that LFL distances may be realized up to 131 m and may affect MCR, control room and LPG recovery unit depending on the location of the equipment. The jet fire radiation intensities of 37.5 & 12.5 kW/m2 may reach a distance of 78 m and 95 m respectively (@2F condition). The 5 & 3 psi overpressure blast waves may reach a distance of 155 m and 164 m respectively.

In case of low frequency high consequence credible failure scenarios in PP unit such as:

• Large hole at Propylene dryer bottom: it is observed that LFL distance of 157 m may reach SRR, warehouse and PDH plant. The jet fire radiation intensities of 37.5 and 12.5 kW/m2 may be realized upto 103 and 125m respectively @ 2F condition. The 5 & 3 psi overpressure blast waves may reach a distance of 178 m and 188 m and may affect SRR, Sub Station, PDH unit and warehouse depending on the location of equipment.

Based on the above consequence, following are recommended: • Include these scenarios outcomes as an input to the Disaster Management Plan (DMP) & Emergency Response Plan (ERP).

OFFSITES In case of high frequency failure scenarios in Off-sites such as:

Instrument tapping failure at Propane Pump discharge it is observed that LFL may reach a distance of 43 m from the source. The jet fire radiation intensities of 32 and 8 kW/m2 may reach a distance of 45 m and 58 m respectively and may have a localized effect. The 5 & 3psi overpressure blast waves may reach a distance of 51 m and 55 m respectively. Similar effect distances are noticed in case of Instrument tapping failure at Propylene Pump discharge and Instrument tapping failure at metering area.

In case of Instrument tapping failure at H2 Bullet, it was observed that LFL may reach a distance of 48 m from the source. The jet fire radiation intensities of 32 and 8 kW/m2 may reach a distance of 19 m and 23 m respectively and may affect the adjacent bullet. The 5 &3 psi overpressure blast waves may reach a distance of 48 m and 51 m respectively.

Based on the above consequence, following are recommended:

• Provide gas and optical flame detectors at pump houses, metering station and H2 bullet area for quick detection and early action in loss of containment.

• Consider fireproofing of H2 bullet for jet fire hazards.

Disaster Management Plan

Emergency Response and Disaster Management Plan (ERDMP) will be prepared based on recommendations of Risk Assessment study. Both offsite and onsite disasters will be addressed in the report as well as the team to be contacted in case of emergency.

1.6.2 PUBLIC HEARING

As per the Terms of Reference (ToR) vide letter No. IA-J-11011/464/2017-IA-II (I) dated 26-10-2017 issued by the MoEFCC, GoI and as per directives of the Maharashtra Pollution Control Board, Sub Regional Officer, Raigad-II has published 30 days' advance public notice in local newspaper Dainik Raigad Times in Marathi and in national

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 0 AT USAR FOR GAIL Page xvii of xviii

newspaper Daily Indian Express on 20-05-2019. The public hearing for above project was arranged on 21-06-2019 at 11.00 a.m. at Ganesh Mangal Karyalaya, Sahan Bypass Road, Alibag Roha Road, Sahan, Taluka-Alibag, Dist - Raigad. As per Office Order issued by Member Secretary, Maharashtra Pollution Control Board Mumbai vide No.E-38 of 2019 under letter no.BO/JD/WPC/PH/B-2168, dated 20-06-2019, following Public Hearing Committee was constituted to conduct the public hearing :-

1) Additional District Magistrate, (Representative of District Magistrate, Raigad) - Chairman 2) Regional Officer MPCB, Raigad (Representative of MPCB, Mumbai) - Member 3) Sub Regional Officer, Raigad-11, MPCB - Convener

Convener of the Public Hearing Committee informed that as per the Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) Notification of Ministry of Environment, Forest, Climate Change, Govt. of India, (i.e. MoEFCC, GoI) dated 14th September, 2006 as amended on 1st December, 2009, it is mandatory to conduct prior public consultation to certain projects which are covered in the schedule of the said Notification. MPCB has received proposal for setting up of proposed 500 KTA Propane Dehydration Unit Integrated with Polypropylene Unit at Village- Usar, Taluka- Alibag, Dist- Raigad, Maharashtra.

With the permission of Hon'ble Chairman of the Public Hearing Committee, the Convener informed project proponent to give information regarding the project before all the participant. Chairperson of Public Hearing Committee and Additional District Magistrate, Raigad welcomed all and informed officials of the project to explain the details of pollution control devices and environment management plan of the proposed project in local and official language Marathi. The Project Proponent gave the presentation of the proposed project. Environmental aspects, Environmental Management Plan (EMP) and other features in detail in Marathi.

After the presentation, Regional Officer, MPCB, Raigad and Member of the Public Hearing Committee welcomed all and informed the participants to inform the name and place of residence before informing the suggestion or objection.

Chairperson of the Public Hearing Committee appealed all to raise any doubts, suggestions and objections against the project. People from the surrounding villages participated in the discussions and presented their views/ suggestions/ complaints before the public hearing committee. Project Proponent clarified the points and presented their replies on the matters. Public Hearing Committee also remarked that the views of the local peoples are definitely appreciated. The local youths and youth women who are skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled should be given job opportunities as per the recruitment policy of Govt. of India. District Administration will definitely take the follow up.

1.7 PROJECT BENEFITS

The benefits of polymer addition project are as follows:

1. Profitability and value addition being higher in producing polymer products. 2. Reducing import from other countries. 3. Employment opportunity for local population. 4. Development of local transport and infrastructure are also envisaged.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 0 AT USAR FOR GAIL Page xviii of xviii

1.8 CORPORATE ENVIRONMENT RESPONSIBILITY (CER)

Various CER activities will be carried out by GAIL in the vicinity of proposed project area with budget during next 5 years (including construction period). The budget for CER is Rs. 16.76 Crores (0.25% of total project cost in line with MoEFCC notification vide F.No.22- 65/2017-IA.III; dated: 01.05.2018). This CER fund (3.35 crores per year) will be spent in various CER activities like Solar Lighting/Solar pump (Irrigation) system, Drinking Water Facilities, greenbelt development, Air quality monitoring in surrounding area etc. for 5 years.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT 1 Rev. No. 1 AT USAR FOR GAIL Page 1 of 145

CHAPTER – 1

INTRODUCTION

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 Rev. No. 1 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT USAR FOR GAIL Page 2 of 145

1.0 INTRODUCTION

1.1 PURPOSE OF THE PROJECT

M/s. GAIL (India) Limited is India’s principal Gas Transmission and Marketing Company under the Ministry of Petroleum and Natural Gas, Government of India. GAIL (India) Limited is also in the business of Gas Processing, Petrochemicals, LPG, Transmission and Telecommunications. The company has also extended its presence in Power, Liquefied Natural Gas regasification, City Gas Distribution and Exploration & Production through equity and joint ventures participations.

GAIL (India) Limited has Six LPG recovery plants across various states in India. LPG recovery Plant at USAR was commissioned in 1998 with design capacity to process 5.0 MMSCMD of rich gas. Presently, LPG USAR plant is under shutdown and is in preservation mode due to non availability of rich gas.

GAIL is planning to utilize the land and other facilities existing at USAR and set up GAIL Petrochemical Complex Project’ USAR “wherein a 500 KTPA Propane Dehydrogenation unit integrated with Polypropylene unit is proposed to be set up.

The proposed facilities will be set-up along with the existing facilities at USAR. The proposed project shall benefit from the land in possession of GAIL as well as coastal location of the existing facility for both Propane Import and product evacuation, nearby port facility, proximity to highways and ease of getting environmental clearance.

As per the Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change (MoEFCC), New Delhi, any new project or modernization or expansion project need to have an Environmental Clearance from MoEFCC. In accordance with this, GAIL decided to conduct Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) study. Based on the TOR, three months non- monsoon baseline data of January, 2018 - March, 2018 was collected and analyzed.

M/s GAIL has entrusted M/s Engineers India Limited (EIL) to carry out environment impact assessment study and preparation of environmental management plan for various environmental components of the proposed project. EIL is an accredited consultant for carrying out EIA studies by Quality Council of India (QCI-NABET) for Petro-chemical complexes (industries based on processing of petroleum fractions & natural gas and/or reforming to aromatics) [Sl. no. 5 (C),Category A as per 2006 EIA Notification].

1.2 DETAILS OF PROJECT PROPONENT

M/s. GAIL (India) Limited is the project proponent for the proposed “Setting up 500 KTA Propane Dehydrogenation (PDH) unit integrated with Polypropylene (PP) Unit” which is located within existing LPG recovery plant battery limits at USAR, Maharashtra.

1.2.1 PROJECT PROPONENT

1.2.1.1 Address of the Project Proponent

The address for the correspondence is:

Mr. Missula V S Murthy Deputy General Manager -Project Development, GAIL India Limited, GAIL Jubilee Tower, Plot No.: B-35-36, Sector-1, Noida-201301,

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 Rev. No. 1 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT USAR FOR GAIL Page 3 of 145

Uttar Pradesh Phone : 0120- 2446400 Mobile : 9644417778 Email : [email protected]

1.2.1.2 Particulars of EIA Consultant

The EIA consultant is Engineers India Limited (EIL), New Delhi. The complete address for correspondence is given below.

Mr.R.B.Bhutda Head, EIA Department Engineers India Limited Research & Development Complex, Sector-16, On NH-8 Gurgaon – 122001, Haryana Email : [email protected] Telephone : 0124-3802034 Mobile : 9818688520 Website : www.engineersindia.com

1.3 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF PROPOSED PROJECT

1.3.1 Nature and size of the project

GAIL intends to set up the proposed PDH – PP facility at USAR to establish feasibility along with following broad objectives:

 Meet the projected increase in domestic demand of petrochemicals.  Maximize value addition and return on investment through:  Production of Petrochemicals  Utilize existing Land and infrastructure available  Proximity to port terminals for feedstock sourcing  Maximise use of Indigenous Hardware

Overall area of the proposed project is approximately 160 acres.

The total estimated cost of PDH & PP Complex is around Rs. 6707.67 Crores.

At present GAIL is in possession of 321 Acres of land at USAR, Maharshtra. The land requirement for the proposed project is estimated as below:

Overall land requirement-

Total Complex Area : 321 Acres /130 Hectares Plant Area : 215 Acres / 87 Hectares Green Belt Provided (33%) : 106 Acres / 43 Hectares

As per the above no additional land area is to be purchased by GAIL, the proposed complex can be accommodated within the existing plot area.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 Rev. No. 1 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT USAR FOR GAIL Page 4 of 145

1.3.2 Location of the project

The proposed PDH & PP unit will be set up within existing LPG recovery plant battery limits at USAR which is situated at Plot No: A-1, USAR Industrial Area, USAR village, Alibag Tehsil, , Maharashtra. The site is located approximately latitude 18°36’08’’ N, and longitude of 72°58’25’’ E. The site is well connected by road network and rail network. The distance of the project site from major network is as given below:

 Roha Railway Station – 8.9 km  Mumbai Airport – 137 km  Roha Town, ~12 km in E direction,  Mumbai City, ~137 km in NNE direction,

The details of environmental setting is given in Table 1.1 and the location & study area map of plant surrounding 10 km radius are given in Figures 1.1 respectively.

Table 1.1 Details of Environmental Setting Aerial distance (within 15 Name/ S.No. Areas km.) Proposed project Identity location boundary 1 Areas protected under international Not Applicable conventions, national or local legislation for No their ecological, landscape, cultural or other related value 2 Areas which are important or sensitive for Arabian sea, Palepada tidal ecological reasons - Wetlands, watercourses or back water, Amba river Yes other water bodies, coastal zone, biospheres, mountains, forests 3 Areas used by protected, important or sensitive Reserved and Protected species of flora or fauna for breeding, nesting, Yes forests. foraging, resting, over wintering, migration. 4 Inland, coastal, marine or underground waters Yes Arabian Sea 5 State, National boundaries No Not Applicable 6 Routes or facilities used by the public for Not Applicable access No to recreation or other tourist, pilgrim areas 7 Defense installations No Not Applicable 8 Densely populated or built-up area Roha town is located at 13 km Yes away from the existing plant. 9 Areas occupied by sensitive man-made land Not Applicable uses (hospitals, schools, places of worship, No community facilities) 10 Areas containing important, high quality or Amba River, Kundalika River, scarce resources (ground water resources, Umte reservoir, Tinveera Yes surface resources, forestry, agriculture, checkdam, Alibag fisheries, tourism, minerals) 11 Areas already subjected to pollution or Not Applicable environmental damage. (those where existing No legal environmental standards are exceeded) 12 Areas susceptible to natural hazard which could The proposed site falls under cause the project to present environmental Seismic Zone-III. problems (earthquakes, subsidence, landslides, No erosion, flooding or extreme or adverse climatic conditions)

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 Rev. No. 1 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT USAR FOR GAIL Page 5 of 145

10 km radius Area Location of Proposed Plant

Figure 1.1: Location of Proposed Plant

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP Rev. No. 1 UNIT AT USAR FOR GAIL Page 6 of 145

Figure 1.2: Toposheet indicating Location of Proposed Plant

1.4 Importance and Benefits of the project The proposed PDH – PP facility at USAR shall have the following importance & broad objectives:

¾ Meet the projected increase in domestic demand of petrochemicals. ¾ Maximize value addition and return on investment through: x Production of Petrochemicals x Utilize existing Land and infrastructure available x Proximity to port terminals for feedstock sourcing ¾ Maximise use of Indigenous Hardware

During construction and operational phase of the proposed project, there will be development of local infrastructure like settlements and small shops. This will enhance livelihood of local people. Also, in construction phase indirect employment will be generated for local people. Overall livelihood and infrastructure of surrounding localities are expected to be positively changed.

1.5 PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE & COST

The proposed project of is expected to be mechanically completed in 48 months. The total estimated cost of PDH & PP Complex is around Rs. 6707.67 Crores.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 Rev. No. 1 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT USAR FOR GAIL Page 7 of 145

1.6 SCOPE OF THE STUDY

The study covers core area of 10 km radius circle with the proposed project site (existing GAIL- LPG recovery plant boundary. The scope of study broadly includes:

• To conduct literature review and to collect data relevant to the study area; • To establish the baseline environmental status of the study area by using one season baseline environmental data; • To identify various existing pollution loads due to various activities in the ambient levels; • To predict incremental levels of pollutants in the study area due to the proposed project; • To evaluate the predicted impacts on the various environmental attributes in the study area by using scientifically developed and widely accepted environmental impact assessment methodologies • To prepare an Environment Management Plan (EMP) outlining the measures for improving the environmental quality; and • To identify critical environmental attributes required to be monitored.

The literature review includes identification of relevant articles from various publications, collection of data from various government agencies and other sources.

1.7 ORGANIZATION OF THE REPORT

The proposed project would naturally have implications on the neighborhood with reference to socio-economic aspects of society, environmental attributes such as land, water, air, aesthetics, noise, flora and fauna. In assessing the environmental impact, collection, collation and interpretation of baseline data is of prime importance. Environmental Impact analysis and assessment which is required for every industrial project should preferably be carried out at the planning stage itself.

The matrix method which gives cause-effect relationship between an activity and environmental parameter has been adopted in preparing this report. The basic objective of identification of impacts is to aid the proponents of the project to rationalize the procedure for an effective environment management plan, leading to an improvement in environmental quality as a result of the location of the proposed project. This has been attempted by the following procedures:

• Collection, collation and analysis of baseline data for various environmental attributes; • Identification of impacts; • Impact assessment through modeling; • Evaluation of impacts leading to preparation of environmental management plan; and • Outlining post project monitoring methodology.

1.7.1 CONTENTS OF THE REPORT The report has been divided into ten chapters and presented as follows:

Executive Summary

This section provides a brief summary of the project and the findings of the study.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 Rev. No. 1 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT USAR FOR GAIL Page 8 of 145

Chapter-1.0: Introduction

This chapter provides background information of project, brief description and objectives of the project, description of the area, scope, methodology and organization of the study.

Chapter-2.0: Project Description

This chapter presents the background information on the project activities, process being adopted, sources of pollution and control thereof.

Chapter-3.0: Description of Environment

This chapter presents the methodology and findings of field studies undertaken to establish the baseline conditions.

Chapter-4.0: Anticipated Environment Impacts and mitigation measures

This chapter details the inferences drawn from the environmental impact assessment of “The project” during construction and operational phase. It describes the overall impacts of the proposed project and underscores the areas of concern which need mitigation measures.

Chapter-5.0: Environment Monitoring Programme

This chapter provides technical aspects of monitoring the effectiveness of mitigation measures (incl. Measurement methodologies, frequency, location, data analysis, reporting schedules, emergency procedures, detailed budget & procurement schedules)

Chapter-6.0: Environment Management Plan (EMP)

This chapter provides recommendations for Environment Management Plan (EMP) including mitigation measures for minimizing the negative environmental impacts of the project. Environmental monitoring requirements for effective implementation of mitigation measures during construction as well as during operation of the project along with required institutional arrangements for their implementation. Budgetary cost estimates for mitigation measures are also brought out.

Chapter-7.0: Additional Studies

This chapter covers Public Hearing, risk involved in the proposed facilities, storages and utilities and Occupational Health and Safety.

Chapter-8.0: Project Benefits

This chapter presents the details of Local area development programmes that are being undertaken in nearby villages at proposed plant.

Chapter-9.0: Disclosure of Consultants

This chapter contains the list of various experts engaged in preparing the EIA report along with brief introduction of the consultancy.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 Rev. No. 1 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT USAR FOR GAIL Page 9 of 145

1.8 MOEF APPROVED TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR EIA

The Expert Appraisal Committee (Industry) for appraisal of Industrial Projects-2 considered the GAIL proposal for approval of TOR for EIA study of the proposed project. Based on the review of the documents submitted by the GAIL, the Committee accorded Terms of Reference (TOR) vide letter No. IA-J-11011/464/2017-IA-II (I) dated 26th October, 2017, for incorporating the same in the EIA report. The approved TOR is attached as Annexure-I. Previous Environmental Clearances (EC) as per the below is attached herewith as an Annexure-II. Consent to Operate and compliance to all environmental clearances is also attached in Annexure-II.

Table 1.2 Previous Environmental Clearances issued to GAIL-Usar Complex from MoEFCC Sl Projects/ Environment Clearance Date Compliance No Units document 1 LPG Recovery J-11011/22/91-1A-II (I) 29/04/1992, Complied Project 11/11/1992

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 AT USAR FOR GAIL Page 10 of 145

CHAPTER – 2

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 AT USAR FOR GAIL Page 11 of 145

2.0 INTRODUCTION

GAIL (India) Limited is India’s principal Gas Transmission and Marketing Company under the Ministry of Petroleum and Natural Gas, Government of India. GAIL is also in the business of Gas Processing, Petrochemicals, LPG, Transmission and Telecommunications. The company has also extended its presence in Power, Liquefied Natural Gas re- gasification, City Gas Distribution and Exploration & Production through equity and joint ventures participations.

The proposed facilities will be set-up along with the existing facilities at USAR. The proposed project shall benefit from the land in possession of GAIL as well as coastal location of the existing facility for both Propane Import and product evacuation, nearby port facility, proximity to highways and ease of getting environmental clearance.

2.1 Existing Facilities, off-site & utilities

GAIL has a LPG recovery plants in Usar. LPG recovery Plant at Usar was commissioned in 1998 with design capacity to process 5.0 MMSCMD of rich gas. Presently, LPG Usar plant is under shutdown and is in preservation mode due to non availability of rich gas.

Existing Offsite & Utilities System

Mounded LPG Storage : 4290 (3 MST X 1430 each) MT Naphtha Storage Tank : 50 KL Methanol Storage Tank : 24 KL Diesel Storage Tank : 16 KL Odourant dosing pot : 0.5 M3 Plant Air Receiver : 45 M3 Instrument Air Receiver : 100 M3 Nitrogen Storage Tank : 35 M3 Instrument Air Compressors : 3 X 585 Kg/Hr @ 8.5 Kg/Cm2 Plant Air : 340 NM3/Hr Instrument Air Dryer Units : 2 X 350 NM3/Hr Instrument Air : 340 NM3/Hr Air (Nitrogen) Compressors : 2 X 625 Kg/Hr @ 8.5 Kg/Cm2 PSA N2 System : 200 NM3/Hr Cooling Water System : 600 M3/Hr Boiler : 5 TON/Hr Flare System : 200 Tons/Hr of Hydrocarbon LPG Road Loading Facilities : 6 + 1 (Sick Tanker Gantry) Naphtha Road loading facilities : 1 (Loading bay) + 1 (Sick bay) LPG Pipeline Transfer Facility : 8” Pipeline of 1.5 Km to HPCL Raw Water Reservoirs : 2750 (R1=1100+R2=1100+Common = 550) M3

2.2 Key considerations for the Project

 Propane Import o Propane availability: Propane receipt will be through existing JNPT port. The Propane shall be stored at Uran terminal from where propane feed shall be pumped to Usar through pipeline for conversion to Propylene and Polypropylene.

 Propane Storage o 5 Days storage capacity with each bullet of 4270 m3 capacity of propane storage.

 Product Storage o Poly Propylene product storage shall be kept on 21 Days basis.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 AT USAR FOR GAIL Page 12 of 145

 Intermediate Storage o Intermediate storage shall be provided on 3 days basis to take care of any unexpected outages in upstream or downstream process units.

 Power o The power requirement for the complex shall be sourced through Grid.

 Utilities o All utilities shall be captively generated.

Plant Capacity

500 000’Tons / annum of Polypropylene production.

On-Stream Hours

8000 hrs/annum.

Product Specifications

Petrochemical Products – Polypropylene shall be industrial/polymer grade. The plant shall be capable of producing six grades of homo-polymer polypropylene.

Table 2.1: Product Distribution Share

S.No. End Use % Share 1 TQ Film 10 2 Woven sacks 40 3 Fiber & Filaments 05 4 BOPP Films 10 5 Injection Molding 30 6 Extrusion / Thermoforming 05

The desired properties for the products are tabulated below. The values are indicative and wide range values for properties are given.

Table 2.2: Polypropylene Specifications Property Test Method* ASTM Unit Homo Polymer Melt flow rate (MFR) 230 ° D-1238L g/10min 0.3-75** C / 2.16kg Xylene Insolubles By LICENSOR % wt 95-98.5 Total ash (as oxides) By LICENSOR ppmw max 130 - 150 Chlorine By LICENSOR ppm wt 35 - 50 Water absorption D-570 % <0.01 Tensile Strength D738 MPa 32-38 Elongation at D-638 % 8-12 Break Flexural Modulus D-790A MPa 1250-1800 Hardness, D-785 R Scale 70-105 Rockwell Izod Impact D-256 KJ/m2 2.5-4.0 Strength, 23° C Gloss D-523 % 90-105 Haze D-1003 % Licensor

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 AT USAR FOR GAIL Page 13 of 145

Property Test Method* ASTM Unit Homo Polymer to indicate Heat Deflection D-648 ° C 98-130 Temp. Vicat. Softening D-1525 ° C 150-156 Point Licensor Licensor SECR*** D-1693 To indicate to indicate Thermal D-696 105 cm/cm° C 14-15 Expansion

C2 Content By LICENSOR % wt NA

EPR Content By LICENSOR % wt NA

Applications and Market coverage Homo-polymer - Injection molding, Blow molding, thermoforming, sheet Tape / (Raffia), Fiber, Cas. / TQPP & BOPP films, profile extrusion etc.

2.3 Project Configuration

The proposed complex shall consist of a Propane De-Hydrogenation Unit (PDH) which utilizes propane as feedstock for conversion into propylene through De-Hydrogenation route. The generated propylene from the PDH unit will be used in a downstream Polypropylene unit to convert to Poly propylene unit.

A basic schematic of the configuration is as under:

Figure 2.1: Basic schematic of the configuration of proposed plant

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 AT USAR FOR GAIL Page 14 of 145

2.4 Process Description

2.4.1 Propylene Production Facility at USAR - Propane De-Hydrogenation Unit

2.4.1.1 Technology Options

All the process licensors are of international repute and have experience in design of similar plants worldwide.

The licensor selection for Propane De-Hydrogenation Unit is underway, the process description and the flow diagrams will be updated considering the selected technology details during detailed engineering.

The licensors licensing Propane De-Hydrogenation technology world over are

a) Oleflex Process b) CATOFIN Process

At present the salient features of both technologies are described below:

2.4.1.1 (a) Oleflex Process :

Figure 2.2: Schematic flow diagram of the Oleflex Process

Propane dehydrogenation (PDH) is used to produce polymer-grade propylene from propane in order to meet the growing market demand for propylene, independent of a steam cracker or fluid catalytic cracking unit. It provides a dedicated, reliable source of propylene to give more control over propylene feedstock costs. The process consists of a reactor section, product recovery section and catalyst regeneration section. Hydrocarbon feed is mixed with hydrogen-rich recycle gas and is fed into a heater to be heated to over 540°C (1000°F) and then enters the reactors to be converted at high mono-olefin selectivity. Several inter-stage

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 AT USAR FOR GAIL Page 15 of 145

heaters are used to maintain the reaction through supplying heat continuously, since the reaction is endothermic.

Catalyst activity is maintained by the Continuous Catalyst Regenerator (CCR) or by shutting down reactors one by one and regenerating the reactor by using regeneration air. In the continuous catalyst regenerator, catalyst is continuously withdrawn from the reactor, regenerated, and then fed back into the reactor bed. The reactor effluent is compressed, dried and sent to a cryogenic separator where hydrogen is recovered. The olefin product is sent to a selective hydrogenation process (SHP) where di-enes and acetylenes are saturated to mono-olefins. The propylene stream goes to a de-ethanizer where light-ends are removed prior to the propane propylene (P-P) splitter. Unconverted feedstock is recycled back to the de-propanizer where it combines with fresh feed before being sent back to the reactor section

2.4.1.1 (b) Catofin Process

Figure 2.3: Schematic flow diagram of the Oleflex Process

CATOFIN dehydrogenation is a continuous process with cyclic reactor operation in which multiple reactors go through a controlled sequence of reaction and reheat/regeneration. During the hydrocarbon processing step, fresh feed and recycle feed (from an MTBE synthesis unit or isobutane dehydrogenation or C3 splitter bottoms for propane dehydrogenation) are vaporized by exchange with various process streams and then raised to reaction temperature in the charge heater.

The reactor effluent is routed through a high pressure steam generator, feed-effluent exchanger, and trim cooler to the compressor. The compressor discharge is cooled, dried and routed to the low temperature recovery section to reject light ends. The low temperature section off gas, which is a hydrogen-rich gas, can be sent to a Pressure Swing Adsorption (PSA) unit to purify the hydrogen. Recovered liquids from the low temperature recovery

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 AT USAR FOR GAIL Page 16 of 145

section, along with the effluent flash drum liquid, are fed to distillation facilities and/or an MTBE synthesis unit for product recovery.

The reactor temperature drops during the reaction step due to the endothermic reactions. Ancillary equipment is required for the reheat/regeneration steps, which are necessary to prepare the off-line reactors for their next reaction phase. During the reheat step, any carbon deposited on the catalyst is also burned off. The entire reactor sequence is computer controlled and requires no operator input for the cyclic operation.

2.4.2 Poly Propylene Unit

2.4.2.1 Technology Options

The lists of process licensors available for the Polypropylene Unit are as given below. All the process licensors are of international repute and have experience in design of similar plants worldwide.

The licensors offering licensing Polypropylene technology for this project are a) M/s CB&I Novolen b) M/s Grace Unipol

Based on information available in open domain, salient features of different technologies are given below:

The salient features of CB&I Novolen technology are: • The technology has a vertical Gas Phase Continuous stirred tank back mixed reactor. • It an operating temperature and pressure of about 80 °C and 30 Kg/Cm2. • The polymer is formed within the reactor in powder form.

The salient features of Grace Unipol technology are: • The technology has a Gas Phase fluid bed back mixed reactor. • It an operating temperature and pressure of about 65 °C and 35 Kg/Cm2.

Polypropylene, chemical designation (C3H6)n, is one of the most versatile and extensively used polymers in the world, used in both household and industrial applications. Its unique properties and ability to adapt to various fabrication techniques make it stand out as an invaluable material for a wide range of uses. Another invaluable characteristic is its ability to function as both a plastic material and as a fiber.

Polypropylene’s unique ability to be manufactured through different methods and into different applications meant it soon started to challenge many of the old alternative materials, notably in the packaging, fiber, and injection molding industries. Its growth has been sustained over the years and it remains a major player in the plastic industry worldwide.

There are two main types of polypropylene available: homo-polymers and copolymers. The copolymers are further divided into block copolymers and random copolymers.

o Homo-polymer polypropylene can be referred to as the default state of the polypropylene material and is a general-purpose grade. o Block copolymer polypropylene (impact) has co-monomer units arranged in blocks (that is, in a regular pattern) and contain anywhere between 5% to 15% ethylene.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 AT USAR FOR GAIL Page 17 of 145

Ethylene improves certain properties, like impact resistance; other additives enhance other properties. o Random co-polymer polypropylene – as opposed to block copolymer polypropylene – has the co-monomer units arranged in irregular or random patterns along the polypropylene molecule. They are usually incorporated with anywhere between 1% to 7% ethylene and are selected for applications where a more malleable, clearer product is desired.

The choice of an appropriate melt flow rate (MFR) depends on the process used. Processes requiring high melt strength, such as blow molding, blown film extrusion, profile extrusion, etc., require high molecular weight (low MFR) grades. Injection molding permits more latitude of choice because the inherent, low melt viscosity of polypropylene means a wide range of MFRs can be easily injection molded.

Generally, high-speed, thin-wall, molding applications need a higher MFR grade, while thicker-walled, functional parts favor a lower MFR grade. Impact properties of impact copolymers are controlled to some degree by the MFR and, all other things being equal, lower MFR grade have better impact properties. However, other factors such as the composition and amount of the impact phase present influence these same properties. Products with a narrow molecular weight distribution, achieved either by controlled rheology or high activity catalysts, exhibit less warpage, more uniform mold shrinkage and improved drawdown, but have less melt strength.

Within each type of polypropylene, the mechanical properties of individual grades are controlled by the molecular weight, molecular weight distribution, ethylene content (random copolymers) and the content and composition of the modifier phase (impact copolymers).

Specific additives enhance the characteristics of polypropylene or impart properties not normally present. Some of the more commonly used additives include:

Antioxidants Acid scavengers Anti-static agents Nucleators Clarifiers Mold release agents Slip agents Anti-block agents UV stabilizers

As described in the earlier section various technology providers have different technology process for Polypropylene production. At present the licensor for the proposed unit is not known therefore a brief process description of each of the technology is provided below:

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 AT USAR FOR GAIL Page 18 of 145

Figure 2.4: Overview of Poly Propylene Unit

2.4.2.1 (a) CB&I Novolen technology

Source: www.CB&I.com

Figure 2.5: Overview of Novolen technology

Liquid propylene will either be supplied to the PP plant directly from the Cracker plant or from the intermediate storage tank. Prior to use in the PP plant the propylene will be purified to reduce its water content as this affects the polymerization process.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 AT USAR FOR GAIL Page 19 of 145

The polymerization reaction is carried out in vertical stirred gas phase reactors. Propylene is the main monomer feedstock and is added to the reactor; depending on the specification of required propylene other co-monomers such as ethylene and hydrogen are also added in varying quantities. The monomers are mixed in the reactor with a polymerization catalyst and other co-catalysts. In this instance the polymerization catalyst is activated using Triethylaluminium (TEA) before being mixed in the reactor.

From the reactor the resultant polymer powder and reactor gas is discharged to the polymer-gas separation phase. In addition any propylene gas that has not reacted with the polymerization catalyst is recycled via a gas condenser and returned back to the reactor.

During the first stage of the polymer-gas separation phase the polymer powder and carrier gas is passed through a discharge vessel where the polymer powder is separated from the carrier gas at atmospheric pressure. From the discharge vessel the powder is passed by gravity flow to a purge vessel where it is mixed with nitrogen to purge the powder from remaining propylene. The purged powder is transferred by a pneumatic conveying system to a powder silo from where it is transferred again under gravity to the extrusion and mixing phase.

The dried powder first passes through an extruder where it is mixed with additives and water depending on the final specification of polypropylene required. At the end of the extruder is a face cutter which the mix in the extruder is passed through to create the polypropylene pellets. The water and pellet mix is passed through a centrifugal drier and the water recycled and passed back to the extruder system for reuse. The final dry pellets are transferred to one of the blending silos where there are constantly re-circulated or discharged to bagging silos.

2.4.2.1 (b) Grace Unipol Technology

Source: American Journal of Polymer Science 2016, 6(1): 1-11, Polypropylene as a Promising Plastic: A Review, Hisham A. Maddah

Figure-2.6: Overview of Unipol Technology

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 AT USAR FOR GAIL Page 20 of 145

UNIPOL polypropylene process technology is a gas-phase technology that is occurred in a fluidized bed reactor system. The main processing blocks of UNIPOL plant are catalyst handling, propylene treatment for removal of trace catalyst poisons, polymerization, resin purging, and integrated palletization, storage, packaging and loading.

In Figures (2.2 -2.4) above, fresh propylene feedstock (99.5% propylene) passes through a degassing column for removal of oxygen and goes through molecular sieves (separator) to remove trace quantities of water and other materials such as acetylene and sulfur compounds. Then, the feedstock passes through a heat exchanger (cooler) and it is sent to a dryer before entering the gas-phase polymerization reactor. The reactant gas stream is circulated through the bed; goes to a blower and then cooled in an external heat exchanger to remove the exothermic reaction heat. Also, heat removal is primarily done by condensation of propylene where 10-12% of propylene fed into the reactor is liquid.

The reactor system holds an expandable vertical pressure vessel in the upper section that handle polymer particles and it is constructed of carbon steel and operates at 34.5 bar, 65°C. The operating conditions satisfy the dew point of the monomer. One advantage of the blower in the recycle loop is that it balances the pressure differences in the whole loop route, where the pressure is about 1.7 bar. The fluidized-bed reactor has a residence time of less than 1.5 hours and an extensive back mixing. The fresh liquid polymer-grade propylene is combined with recycled gases and enters the reactor bottom. Gas stream provides fluidization of the polymer inside the reactor. Titanium-supported catalyst, co- catalyst, hydrogen and an electron donor are added into the reactor to control molecular weight and selectivity. In homo-polymer production, polymer is taken out, periodically, from the polymerization reactor into a series of high-pressure gas/solid separators.

The separated gas is recycled back to the top of the reactor where the liquid polymer goes through further processing and is converted to powder polymer. In Figure above, the separated polymer powder (bottom) from gas/solid separator is delivered to a purge tower where residual monomers (2000-3000 ppm) are stripped with injected nitrogen and steam to neutralize the catalyst residues. Then, polymer powder comes out of the purge tower bottom by gravitational force and is fed into a downstream extrusion unit, Figure above. On the other hand, vented material from the purge tower (distillate) is sent to a small recovery operation at which it is compressed, passed through two heat exchangers to remove light gases and sent to a degassing pot where ethylene at distillate is recycled and the remaining product at bottom is sent to another separator tower. Ethylene, propylene and propane are separated from each other in a separator tower. However, ethylene and propylene streams are recycled for impact copolymer production.

Impact copolymer production takes place in the second reactor in Figure above, where the reactor-discharged resins with active catalysts are sent to a transfer unit. Then, it is fed to the fluid-bed copolymer reactor before entering the purge tower (stage 2). Ethylene, recycled propylene and hydrogen are fed to the copolymer reactor. However, the recycle cooler system of the copolymer reactor is similar to the homo-polymer reactor system except that the gas recycle loop for copolymer operates 100% in gas-phase. Reactor polymer product (bottom) is sent to a set of gas/solid separators where the separated gas (distillate) is recycled back to the top of the copolymer reactor. The final polymer powder product goes from the separators bottom to the purge tower (stage 2).

The extrusion section, Figure 6, processes the polymer powder either homo-polymer or copolymer that is coming from the purge bin by gravity means. The powder stream is blended with certain additives in a blender. Then, it goes to a feed hopper and is fed into an extruder via a gravimetric feeder controller. There is a liquid feeder that compresses a liquid with the powder stream into the extruder. Extruder systems with gear-pumps arrangement and underwater die-faced pelletisers.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 AT USAR FOR GAIL Page 21 of 145

During extrusion process, the liquefied polymer solidifies and is cut into tiny pellets underwater and carried out of the palletization unit in a sweeping water stream. The die face is kept at 280°C by exposing the die to a high-pressure steam to heat it. Then, the polymer/water stream is sent to a centrifugal de-waterer unit. At the bottom of the centrifugal de-waterer, the decanted water is collected and is stored in a water surge tank to be circulated in the system. The recycled water is pumped, filtered and cooled before it is returned to the underwater pelletizer unit. The distillate of the centrifugal de-waterer will have only dry polymer pellets that are sent to a classifier for size segregation processing. Next, pellets are transported to a conventional resin handling system.

2.5 Material Balance

Material balance for selected case is given in Table 2.3 as below:

Table 2.3: Material balance Description 000’Tons / Annum FEEDSTOCK PURCHASES

PROPANE (90% purity) 609 PRODUCT SALES POLYPROPYLENE 500

2.6 Proposed Utilities & Off-sites

2.6.1 Utilities

The total utility consumption of new units in the complex for the selected case is estimated and tabulated as below:

Table 2.4: Utilities of Proposed Project Utilities & Off-sites Capacity

Steam & Power • Gas based steam Boiler (50 TPH) (1+1) x 405 Deg. C Generation @ 43 kg/cm2a • ~ 125 MW Power Import from Grid. Compressed Air System • Nitrogen Plant – 2600 Nm3/hr • Plant Air – 760 Nm3/hr • Instrument Air – 2770 Nm3/hr

Cooling Water Total Requirement – 16000 m3/hr (4 + 1) Cells of 4000 m3 each Treated Water System Treated Water rate– 500 m3/hr Treated Water Storage - based on 7.5 days storage. RO Based DM Plant 105 M3/hr (feed basis) Condensate Polishing 12 m3/hr Unit Effluent Treatment Plant 15 m3/hr

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 AT USAR FOR GAIL Page 22 of 145

2.6.2 Off-sites

Based on the unit capacities and operating requirements following are the storages and pipelines considered for the proposed project.

Table 2.5: Material balance Utilities & Off-sites Description Storages Propane - 5 Mounded Bullets Propylene - 3 Mounded Bullets Hydrogen Storage Treated Water - 3 Tanks Polypropylene Warehouse Fire water reservoir Onshore Pipelines Treated Water - 28”

2.6.3 Solid Waste:

Solid waste summary for the proposed plant is given in Table.2.6:

Table 2.6: Solid Waste Summary

Amount / Description Disposal Frequency Catalyst processor for 941 MT once per 4 metals reclamation or Spent Catalyst Years landfill in accordance with local regulation Inert grain from 40 MT once per 4 Landfill in accordance with reactors years local regulation 20 MT once per 4 Landfill in accordance with Alumina Balls years local regulation Molecular sieve 136.5 MT once per Landfill in accordance with from Dryers (*) 4 years local regulation Adsorbent from 91.5 MT once per Landfill in accordance with Dryer/Treater 4 years local regulation Bed Support balls from 68.5 MT once per Landfill in accordance with Dryer/Treater 4 years local regulation Bed Landfill in accordance with Spent SCR By vendor local regulation (to be Catalyst confirmed by vendor) (*) Product Gas Dryer and De-ethanizer Feed Dryer may not need replacement at the same time. Note: Above details shall be varied based on technology selection & to be finalized during detailed engineering.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 AT USAR FOR GAIL Page 23 of 145

2.6.4 Land Requirement

At present GAIL is in possession of 321 Acres of land at Usar, Maharashtra. The land requirement for the Proposed Project is estimated as below:

Overall land requirement

 Total Complex Area : 321 Acres /130 Hectares  Plant Area : 215 Acres / 87 Hectares  Green Belt Provided (33%) : 106 Acres / 43 Hectares

As per the above no additional land area is to be purchased by GAIL, the proposed complex can be accommodated within the existing plot area.

The plot plan of proposed plant is attached as Figure 2.7.

2.6.5 Water Balance

For proposed project additional treated water requirement is 500 m3/hr. The water required will be sourced from Maharashtra Industrial Development Corporation (MIDC) which is provided through water supply pipeline upto battery limit/boundary wall of petrochemical complex.

The impact on water environment during the operation phase of the proposed changes shall be in terms of water consumption and waste water generation due to process activities. There shall be 15 m3/hr of liquid effluent generation from proposed plant.

The proposed project is a Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) process plant during normal operation. 15 m3/hr of liquid effluent generation from proposed plant is feed of RO recycle plant for its tertiary treatment.

From the RO based DM Plant / Tertiary Treatment Plant (TTP), the approximate quantity of reject generated is 26 m3/ hour. For achieving zero liquid discharge from the complex a Multiple Effect Evaporator/ Crystalliser Plant (MEE) followed by Solar Evaporation Pond is considered.

The RO reject stream is envisaged to be routed to a Multiple Effect Evaporator/ Crystalliser for further water recovery and for reducing the quantity of high total dissolved solids (TDS) stream. The water recovered from the Multiple Effect Evaporator/ Crystalliser Plant shall be reused as treated water/ cooling water makeup within the complex. The high TDS concentrate stream from Multiple Effect Evaporator/ Crystalliser Plant shall be disposed safely in to a Solar Evaporation Pond within the complex of approximate size of 60 m x 60 m for evaporation by natural means thereby achieving Zero Liquid discharge from the complex. The required facility is considered to be located adjacent (south) to the ETP plant in the complex.

Water balance diagram for the proposed project is given as Figure 2.8.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

EIA STUDY FOR PDH Document No. UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT B078-1742-EI-1801 AT USAR FOR GAIL Rev. No. 1 Page 24 of 145

Figure 2.7: The Plot Plan of Proposed Plant at USAR

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 AT USAR FOR GAIL Page 25 of 145

Figure 2.8: Water balance diagram for the proposed PDH-PP unit project

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. B078-1742-EI-1801 EIA STUDY FOR PDH Rev. No. 1 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT USAR FOR GAIL Page 26 of 145

CHAPTER – 3

BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 Page 27 of 145 AT USAR FOR GAIL

3.0 BASELINE DATA COLLECTION

As per the scope of the work, baseline data is generated for environmental factors viz., Air, Noise, Traffic, Water and Soil for Post-monsoon season, 2018. The work has been entrusted by Engineers India Limited to M/s Pragathi Labs & Consultants Pvt. Ltd., Hyderabad. In the present report Baseline data for Post-monsoon season is incorporated.

3.1 Air Environment

Man draws components of his natural and societal environment to sustain his various activities, which are aimed at satisfying his needs, and these activities in turn have impact or repercussions on the components of his environment. Environmental management must regulate the demands of man in such a manner that the ability of the same environment to sustain his development will remain unimpaired. Air pollution is the introduction of harmful substances including particulates and biological molecules into Earth's atmosphere. It may cause diseases, allergies or death in humans, it may also cause harm to other living organisms such as animals and food crops, and may damage the natural or built environment. Human activity and natural processes can both generate air pollution.

Air pollution is a significant risk factor for a number of pollution-related diseases and health conditions including respiratory infections, heart disease, COPD (chronic obstructive pulmonary disease), stroke and lung cancer. The health effects caused by air pollution may include difficulty in breathing, wheezing, coughing, asthma and worsening of existing respiratory and cardiac conditions. These effects can result in increased medication use, increased doctor or emergency room visits, more hospital admissions and premature death. The human health effects of poor air quality are far reaching, but principally affect the body's respiratory system and the cardiovascular system. Individual reactions to air pollutants depend on the type of pollutant a person is exposed to, the degree of exposure, and the individual's health status and genetics. The most common sources of air pollution include particulates, nitrogen dioxide, and sulphur dioxide, ozone and HC. Air may be replenished through photosynthesis process and cleaned precipitation, but these natural processes are limited in their effectiveness. It therefore seems self-evident that the protection of our air quality is a vital consideration when assessing the environmental impact of man’s diversified activities.

Dispersion of different air pollutants released into the atmosphere has significant impacts on the neighborhood air environment of the proposed petrochemical plant at Usar and forms an important part of impact assessment studies. The ambient air quality status with respect to the study zone of 10 km radial distance from the plant site will form the baseline information. Thus the baseline data generated in the field will help to predict impacts due to the proposed project and to find out the net impacts on air environment for impact assessment study. The baseline status of the ambient air quality can be assessed thorough scientifically designed ambient air quality monitoring network which is based on the following considerations.

• Meteorological conditions on synoptic scale, • Topography of the study area, • Representation of regional background levels, • Representation of plant site, • Representation of cross sectional distribution in the downward direction,

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 Page 28 of 145 AT USAR FOR GAIL

• Influence of the existing sources if any, are to be kept at minimum, • Inclusion of major distinct villages to collect the baseline status. By following the above monitoring network the baseline data was collected and the results are portrayed in this report.

3.1.1 Micro-meteorological Data

Meteorological factors have direct bearing on dispersion and dilution of Pollutants/ contaminants discharged into the atmosphere with consequent impact on air environment. Micro-meteorological properties of the atmosphere govern the concentration of pollutants and its variations with time and location with respect to their sources. The basic meteorological parameters which govern the transport & diffusion of the pollutants in the air are wind speed, wind direction & ambient temperature. Relative humidity, Pressure, rainfall and cloud cover are secondary meteorological parameters as these control the dispersion of the pollutants indirectly by affecting the primary parameters.

Micro-meteorological data within the proposed site during the air quality survey period is an indispensable part of air pollution study. The meteorology study made use of both secondary and primary data to characterize the existing environment. The historical meteorological data (Secondary data) and the data recorded during survey period (Primary data) are very useful for proper interpretation of the baseline information as well as for input, to predictive models for air quality impacts. Historical data is used for initial site selection for ambient air quality monitoring. Ambient air quality studies and recording of meteorological observations are simultaneously conducted in the same period (January, February & March 2018) for the proposed petrochemical project.

3.1.1.1 Historical/Secondary data

Mumbai has a moderately hot with high level of humidity. Its coastal nature and tropical location ensures temperatures won’t fluctuate much throughout the year. When compared with winter, the summers have much more rainfall. The mean maximum and minimum temperature was 32 and 20.5 C and average precipitation is 242.2 cm. The driest month is January, with 0 mm of rainfall. In July, the precipitation reaches its peak; with an average of 835mm. January is the coldest⁰ month of the year. The period from December to mid- February enjoys generally a fine weather. During the monitoring period i.e. winter season (January, 2018 to March, 2018) the mean temperature varies from 36.4 to 13.2oC. Relative humidity was found to be in the range of 70 to 47%. Barometric pressure ranges between 760 to 757 mm of Hg. The mean wind speed was found to be 5.1 to 6.5 Kmph with Northwest, West and Southwest as the predominant wind directions. Following is the detailed IMD data of Mumbai. The detailed 30 year meteorological data is summarized in Table 3.1.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 Page 29 of 145 AT USAR FOR GAIL

Table No. 3.1 Monthly Mean IMD Data of Mumbai (Years: 1981-2010) Average Daily Humidity Pressure Wind Rainfall Temperature (%) (mmHg) speed Direction Month o (mm) ( C) Kmph Max. Min. 8:30 17:30 8:30 17:30 January 35.1 13.2 70 49 760 757 0.3 5.6 NW, N, W NW, N, W, 36.4 14.3 68 47 759 757 0.4 6.5 February NE March 38 17.5 69 51 758 755 0 7.1 NW, N, W April 37.6 21.1 69 59 756 754 0.1 7.8 NW, W, N May 36.1 24.4 70 65 755 753 11.3 9.2 W, NW, SW June 34.9 23.2 79 74 752 751 493.1 10.9 W, SW, NW July 32.2 23.4 85 81 752 751 840.7 12.2 W, SW August 31.5 23.5 86 81 754 752 585.2 11 W, SW, NW September 33.1 23 85 76 755 753 341.4 6.9 W, NW, SW October 36.3 20.3 74 63 757 755 89.3 5.3 NW, N, W November 35.8 17.6 63 54 759 756 9.9 5.2 NW, NE, N December 35.1 14.5 65 51 760 757 1.6 5.1 NW, NE, N NW, W, SW, 38.9 12.7 74 63 756 754 2373.4 7.7 Average N Ref: Data collected from IMD Pune for Mumbai

In order to understand the predominant directions at proposed sites various intervals during 24 hours of the day, data taken separately for 0-23 hours. The percentage frequencies of the results are used to prepare wind roses separately and they are depicted in Figure. 3.1.

Total wind rose of IMD (0-23 hrs) Total wind rose of USAR (0-23 hrs)

Figure. No. 3.1 Comparison of Wind rose diagram

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 Page 30 of 145 AT USAR FOR GAIL

3.1.1.2 Primary Meteorological Data

Meteorological studies were carried out by installing Automatic Weather Station (AWS) model Accurate at Usar village for measurement of meteorological data. The AWS was installed at a height about 10 m above ground level which was free from disturbances (built up, tree canopy etc.) wind movement. Before installation, by using compass, it was ensured that North direction will be displayed 3600. The AWS was computed for hourly data. Time to time the display was checked to ensure that the data was regularly and correctly downloading. At the end of the season, total data was downloaded. From the downloaded data, wind direction and wind speed were used in preparation of ‘wind roses’. The wind roses thus prepared shows the wind is coming ‘from’ which direction but not ‘to’ and they were prepared for total season. Similarly cloud cover is also recorded at the site through visual inspection.

Temperature, Relative Humidity, Barometric pressure

The minimum and maximum temperatures recorded during the study period were 20 and 42oC respectively with an average temperature of 28.1oC. Similarly the minimum and maximum relative humidity was 11 and 89 % respectively with an average relative humidity as 49.9%. Barometric pressure was observed to be 757 mm of Hg on an average for the study period. From these readings it can be concluded that primary data is in-course with secondary data.

Wind speed, wind direction and Rainfall

The predominant wind directions were West, Northwest and North. The average wind speed was computed as 8.7 kmph with 26 kmph as the maximum wind speed during the study period. Based on the number of observations, wind speed and direction, percentage frequency is computed and the data is then used in preparation of wind roses. The predominant wind direction was West and North with the percentage frequency of 21.3 & 17% for total season. The wind speed and direction are following the trends of IMD data for Mumbai. The total rainfall received during the study period was 1.4 mm.

From the baseline data collected for meteorology during winter season 2018 it can be concluded that the primary data is following the trends of secondary data. All the parameters considered during the meteorological studies are in course with the secondary data for season (January, February & March, 2018).

The Wind speed and direction data collected from primary and secondary sources are used for preparing ‘Wind roses’. The wind rose was prepared for proposed location and then wind roses were compared with the wind rose generated by IMD data. The comparison of wind roses is shown in Figure. No. 3.1.

3.1.2 Ambient Air Quality

It is essential to have a baseline data with regard to air pollution, especially for developing projects. The harmful effects of pollution can be envisaged only if adequate data is available, with a well selected number of sampling stations, duration of sampling and monitoring methods.

By using historical meteorological data, 6 ambient air quality monitoring stations were identified and installed during the study period. All the instruments (samplers) were installed between 1 to

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 Page 31 of 145 AT USAR FOR GAIL

2 m above ground which was free from obstructions. The sites were selected in such a way that

they represent local AAQ. Ambient Air Quality (AAQ) parameters such as PM10, PM2.5, SO2,

NOx, HC and NMHC were monitored at 6 sampling stations with a calibrated Combo Dust

Sampler (Model-Combo 9000, Aero Vironment Engineers Inc., make). PM10, PM2.5, Samples were collected on the filter paper and SO2, NOx gaseous samples were collected in the absorbing solutions with 24 hourly duration. Time to time pre-numbered and reweighed filter papers are changed and meticulous attention is taken without tearing the filter paper with minimum exposure to atmospheric moisture and is carried to the laboratory for final weighing. Similarly absorbent’s are also changed and transported to the laboratory for further analysis after labeling.

3.1.2.1 Methodology

As per the scope of work, 6 ambient air quality monitoring stations at Usar were monitored for specific air pollutants during the study period. All the instruments (samplers) were installed between 3 to 4 m above ground level which was free from obstructions. The sampling and analysis of the required parameters were carried out as per IS: 5182 methodology entitled “Methods of Measurement of Air Pollution” and AWMA entitled “Methods of Air sampling and analysis”. Following are the parameters monitored during the study period.

1. Particulate Matter (PM10 and PM2.5)

2. Sulphur dioxide (SO2)

3. Nitrogen dioxide (NO2) and 4. Hydro-Carbons (methane & non-methane)

Particulates

Combo dust sampler was used for PM10 and PM2.5 monitoring apart from gaseous pollutants. It separates the coarser particles from the air stream before filtering it on the 0.3 µ pore size filter allowing the measurement of both the parameters.

Based on the volume, time period and difference in gravitational weights the concentrations

of PM10 and PM2.5 are calculated using the following formulae.

(F2-F1) 3 6 PM10 (µg/m ) = ------x 10

Va Where,

F1= Initial weight of Watman glass fiber Filter Paper, gm

F2 = Final weight of Watman glass fiber Filter Paper, gm Va = Volume of Air Sampled, m3

(F2-F1) 3 6 PM2.5 (µg/m ) = ------x 10

Va Where,

F1= Initial weight of PTFE Filter Paper, gm

F2 = Final weight of PTFE Filter Paper, gm Va = Volume of Air Sampled, m3

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 Page 32 of 145 AT USAR FOR GAIL

Gaseous pollutants

Sulphur dioxide

For measurement of Sulphur dioxide (SO2), Improved West and Gaeke method is adopted. The pollutant will be trapped in absorbent (Potassium- tetra- chloromercurate) and forms a non-volatile dichloro-sulphito-mercurate complex. The volume of flow will be calculated by setting known flow rate in rotameter. The total volume will be calculated by multiplying flow rate and time period. The absorbent were brought to the laboratory to determine the absorbance value with the help of calibrated Spectrophotometer at a wavelength of 560 nm. The absorbance value of the sample along with the standards are represented on graph and

from the known concentrations of standards, the unknown concentration of SO2 in the absorbent is determined from graph.

Nitrogen oxides For measurement of nitrogen oxides, Jacob and Hochheiser Modified Method is adopted. Nitrogen oxides are collected by bubbling air through a sodium hydroxide-sodium arsentite solution to form a stable solution of sodium nitrite. The volume of flow will be calculated by setting known flow rate in rotameter. The total volume will be calculated by multiplying flow rate and time period. The absorbent were brought to the laboratory to determine the absorbance value with the help of calibrated Spectrophotometer at a wavelength of 540 nm. The absorbance value of the sample along with the standards are represented on graph and

from the known concentrations of standards, the unknown concentration of NOx in the absorbent is determined from graph.

Hydro-Carbons Air samples were collected in sealed plastic bags and latter fed to GC.

3.1.2.2 Description of sampling locations

The air quality locations were monitored according to the scope of work at 6 locations (Fig. No. 3.2) to assess the pollution levels at proposed petrochemical project. The descriptions of sampling locations are as follows:

Usar

Khanav village (AAQ-1)

This location is 1.5km away from GAIL plant in Northwest direction. The coast of Arabian Sea is at a distance of 6.4km in SW direction from the village. Population and traffic density is very low. HP gas filling station is at a distance of 1.3km and State highway-91 (Alibaug to Roha) is at a distance of 200m at East direction from this village. The combo sampler was placed at a height of 3m above the ground level at the top of member house at the centre of village.

Vave village (AAQ-2)

This location is 2.8km from GAIL plant in SE direction. The coast of Arabian Sea is at a distance of 6.3km in SW direction from this village. Population and traffic density was

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 Page 33 of 145 AT USAR FOR GAIL

moderately low. HP gas filling station is at a distance of 2.6 km and State highway-91 (Alibaug to Roha) is at a distance of 100m at Southwest direction from this village. The combo sampler was placed at a height of 5m above ground level at the roof on the top of the building.

Beloshi village (AAQ-3)

This location is 2.3km from GAIL plant in Southeast direction. The coast of Arabian Sea is at a distance of 10.6km in Southwest direction from this village. Population and traffic density was low. HP gas filling station is at a distance of 2.1km and State highway-91 (Alibaug to Roha) is at a distance of 4.2km at Southwest direction from this village. The combo sampler was placed at a height of 3m above ground level at the roof top of building.

Bherse village (AAQ-4)

This location is 1.7km from GAIL plant in NE direction. The coast of Arabian Sea is at a distance of 7.1km in Southwest direction from this village. Population and traffic density was low. HP gas filling station is at a distance of 1.2km and State highway-91 (Alibaug to Roha) is at a distance of 450m at Southwest direction from this village. The combo sampler was placed at a height of 4m above ground level at the roof top of primary school located in the village.

Usar village (AAQ-5)

This location is 300m from GAIL plant in West direction. The coast of Arabian Sea is at a distance of 6.0km in southwest direction from this village. Population and traffic density was low. HP gas filling station is at a distance of 500m and State highway-91 (Alibaug to Roha) is at a distance of 250m at East direction from this village. The combo sampler was placed at a height of 4m above ground level at the roof top of building at the centre of village.

Dawale village (AAQ-6)

This location is 3.8km from GAIL plant in WNW direction. The coast of Arabian Sea is at a distance of 3.3km in southwest direction from this village. Population and traffic density was low. State highway-91 (Alibaug to Revadanda) is at a distance of 1.2km at South west direction from this village. The combo sampler was placed at a height of 4m above ground level at the roof top of building at the centre of village.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 Page 34 of 145 AT USAR FOR GAIL

Fig No. 3.2 Selected Ambient Air Quality Stations for GAIL Plant at Usar

Code Location Dist. (km) Dir. Latitude Longitude AAQ-1 Khanav village 1.5 N 18°36'50.33"N 72°57'27.57"E AAQ-2 Vave village 2.8 SE 18°34'44.32"N 72°58'24.25"E AAQ-3 Beloshi village 5.1 E 18°36'1.86"N 73° 0'28.93"E AAQ-4 Bherse village 1.7 NNE 18°36'54.65"N 72°57'51.93"E AAQ-5 Usar village 0.3 W 18°36'6.80"N 72°57'31.76"E AAQ-6 Dawale village 3.8 WNW 18°36'41.24"N 72°55'36.77"E Distance and Direction w.r.t. Project Boundary

3.1.2.3 Results and Discussions

The Ambient Air Quality survey has been carried out at 6 locations within 10 km radius

around the proposed GAIL plant at Usar. Measurement of Particulate matter (PM10 & PM2.5),

SO2, NOX, HC and NMHC levels help to understand the existing environmental scenario. 3 The results of PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX and O3 are expressed in µg/m whereas the results of

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 Page 35 of 145 AT USAR FOR GAIL

HC are expressed in ppm. The results of all the locations for specified parameters are given in Table No. 3.2.

The results were further computed for statistical parameters like Minimum, Maximum concentrations and Arithmetic Mean (AM).

Table No. 3.2 AAQ Data (All values are expressed in µg/m3 except HC & NMHC are expressed in ppm)

Usar Particulates Locations NAAQS Min Max Avg. AAQ-1 60 67 62.5 AAQ-2 57 61 58.8 AAQ-3 57 62 59.0 PM 100 10 AAQ-4 52 60 56.4 AAQ-5 64 73 67.8 AAQ-6 53 59 56.2 AAQ-1 26 31 28.2 AAQ-2 27 30 27.6 AAQ-3 25 30 26.9 PM 60 2.5 AAQ-4 24 29 26.7 AAQ-5 31 35 32.5 AAQ-6 23 28 25.5 AAQ-1 11.8 13.5 12.7 AAQ-2 11.6 13.5 12.6 AAQ-3 12.1 14.1 13.2 SO 80 2 AAQ-4 11.5 13.2 12.5 AAQ-5 13.5 15.7 14.7 AAQ-6 11.4 12.8 12.2 AAQ-1 14.2 15.7 15.0 AAQ-2 13.5 15.5 14.6 AAQ-3 14.5 16.3 15.2 NO 80 X AAQ-4 13.1 14.9 14.2 AAQ-5 15.2 17.8 16.5 AAQ-6 13.2 14.6 14.1 AAQ-1 0.51 0.59 0.54 AAQ-2 0.41 0.58 0.48 AAQ-3 0.26 0.48 0.39 HC - AAQ-4 0.34 0.48 0.41 AAQ-5 0.68 0.79 0.72 AAQ-6 0.35 0.47 0.40 AAQ-1 BDL 0.04 0.02 AAQ-2 BDL 0.03 0.01 AAQ-3 BDL 0.04 0.02 NMHC - AAQ-4 BDL 0.06 0.02 AAQ-5 0.11 0.33 0.23 AAQ-6 0.01 0.05 0.03

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 Page 36 of 145 AT USAR FOR GAIL

80.0 3 67.8 70.0 62.5 58.8 59.0 60.0 56.4 56.2

50.0

40.0 32.5 PM10 27.6 28.2 26.9 26.7 30.0 25.5 PM2.5

20.0

10.0 Average Concentration in µg/m 0.0 A-1 A-2 A-3 A-4 A-5 A-6

USAR

Fig. No. 3.3 Graphical representation of Particulates (PM10 & PM2.5)

25.0 3 20.0 16.5 15.0 15.2 14.6 14.2 14.7 14.1 15.0 13.2 12.7 12.6 12.5 12.3 SO2 NOx 10.0

5.0 Average Concentration in µg/m Concentration in Average

0.0 A-1 A-2 A-3 A-4 A-5 A-6 USAR

Fig. No. 3.4 Graphical representation of Gaseous Pollutants (SO2 & NOx)

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 Page 37 of 145 AT USAR FOR GAIL

0.80 0.72 0.70

0.60 0.54 0.48 0.50 0.39 0.41 0.40 0.40 HC 0.30

0.20

AverageConcentration in ppm 0.10

0.00 A-1 A-2 A-3 A-4 A-5 A-6

USAR

Fig. No. 3.5 Graphical representation of HC pollutant

Usar Code Name AAQ-1 Khanav village AAQ-2 Vave village AAQ-3 Beloshi village AAQ-4 Bherse village AAQ-5 Usar village AAQ-6 Dawale village

3.1.2.4 Conclusions

Particulate Matter (PM10 & PM2.5)

Results of 24-hour sampling conducted during the winter season were averaged to obtain the general baseline concentration for each sampling location at proposed sites. The overall 3 average concentration for PM10 and PM2.5 was 60.1 and 27.9 µg/m respectively. The maximum, minimum and average values are given in Table No. 3.2 and depicted in Fig. 3.3.

Among the 6 sampling stations, Maximum average concentration was found at the Usar 3 3 village sampling station (PM10 = 67.8 µg/m and PM2.5 = 32.5 µg/m ) Minimum average 3 concentration was found at Dawale village sampling station (PM10 = 56.2 µg/m and PM2.5 = 25.5 µg/m3). Possible reasons for high levels of Particulate matter for Usar village can be attributed due to the vehicular movement, nearby State highway. However, all the results were within the NAAQS limits as specified for Industrial area.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 Page 38 of 145 AT USAR FOR GAIL

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) & Nitrogen Dioxide (NOX)

Results of 24-hour sampling conducted during the winter season for Sulphur dioxide and Nitrogen dioxides were averaged to obtain the general baseline concentration for each sampling location. The overall average concentration for SO2 and NOx was 13.0 and 14.9 µg/m3 respectively. The maximum, minimum and average values are given in Table No. 3.2 and depicted in Fig. 3.4.

Among the 6 sampling stations, Maximum average concentration was found at the Usar 3 3 village sampling station (SO2 = 14.7 µg/m and NOx = 16.5 µg/m ) Minimum average 3 concentration was found at Dawale village sampling station (SO2 = 12.3 µg/m and NOx = 14.1 µg/m3). Possible reasons for high levels of Particulate matter for Usar village can be attributed due to the vehicular movement and nearby industries. However, all the results were within the NAAQS limits as specified for Industrial area.

Hydro Carbons (HC)

Results of 8-hour sampling for HC showed concentrations ranging from 0.39 to 0.72 ppm. The overall resulting average level was found to be 0.49 ppm. The maximum, minimum and average values are given in Table No. 3.2 and depicted in Fig. 3.5. Averaging the concentrations for the all the sampling stations, Usar village had the highest average concentration of 0.72 ppm, while the lowest concentration was found in Beloshi with 0.39 ppm.

Non- Methane Hydro Carbons (NMHC)

Results of 8-hour sampling for NMHC showed concentrations ranging from 0.01 to 0.23 ppm. The overall resulting average level was found to be 0.059 ppm. The maximum, minimum and average values are given in Table No. 3.2. Averaging the concentrations for the all the sampling stations, Usar village had the highest average concentration of 0.23 ppm, while the lowest concentration was found in Vave village with 0.01 ppm.

3.2 Noise Environment

Noise in defined as the unwanted sound, which is caused by the vibration of molecules and is the periodic mechanical disturbances in fluids and solids. Man-made noise arises primarily from industry and transport though sometimes it may be transmitted through amplifiers. Noise in general is sound which is composed of many frequency components distributed over the audible frequency range. Construction and plant operations, vehicular traffic, aircraft, population growth and urbanization etc. are the general objectionable noises in terms of health or nuisance. Sound becomes unwanted when it either interferes with normal activities such as sleeping, conversation, or disrupts or diminishes one's quality of life. The concern about noise is directly related to its negative impacts upon humans and animals viz., annoyance, permanent or temporary hearing loss, speech interference and health impacts, harm to animals, effects on productivity of domestic animals, vibration of walls and windows etc., a determination is made of the micro scale impact by predicting anticipated noise levels for each alternative during both construction and operational phases. Predicted noise levels are compared with applicable standards or criteria in order to assess the impact.

The physical description of sound concerns its loudness as a function of frequency. Various noise scales have been introduced to describe, in a single number, the response of an average human to a complex sound made up of various frequencies at different loudness levels. The most commonly and heavily favored of these scales is ‘A’ weighed decibel (dB

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 Page 39 of 145 AT USAR FOR GAIL

(A)). This scale has been designed to weigh the various components of noise according to the response of the human ear.

The impact of noise sources on surrounding community depends on:

 Characteristics of the noise sources (instantaneous, intermittent or continuous in nature). It is well known that a steady state noise is not as annoying as one that is continuously varying in loudness.  The time of day at which noise occurs, for example loud noise levels at night in residential areas are not acceptable because of sleep disturbance.  The location of noise source, with respect to noise sensitive land use, which determines the loudness and period of noise exposure.

3.2.1 Ambient Noise Analysis

The environment impact of noise can have several effects varying from Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) to annoyance depending on loudness of noise levels. The environmental impact assessment of noise from the proposed project can be carried out by taking into consideration of various factors such as potential physiological responses, annoyance and general community responses. The assessment of noise pollution on neighborhood environment due to the proposed project was carried out keeping in view all the considerations mentioned above. The existing status of noise levels within the study zone, a primary requirement of impact assessment studies has been undertaken for monitoring of baseline noise levels.

3.2.1.1 Methodology of noise measurement

For noise measurement calibrated and integrated sound level meter manufactured by Lutron (SL-4001) was used. SLM was mounted on a tripod as per the standard methodology for noise measurements. Special care was taken for not making noises while observing the meter during the measurement and ensuring the least amount of reflective surface is exposed from our body to the meter.

Noise levels were recorded at 4 locations by Sound Level Meter in dB (A). Noise levels were recorded as per IS: 9989 entitled “Assessment of noise with respect to community response” methodology. Noise levels were recorded at approximately 1.5 meter above the ground level and about 3 m away from walls, buildings or other sound reflecting sources. The measurements were carried out 1 m away from the sources and 1 m away from the edge of the roads. In order to reduce the disturbances from standing waves, the noise levels measurements were averaged over + 0.5 m each of at least three positions. The mean values were taken for reporting. Ambient noise levels were compared with National Ambient Air Quality Standards in respect of noise.

For Noise levels measured over a given period of time interval, it is possible to describe important features of noise using statistical quantities. The notations for the statistical quantities of noise level are given below:

• L10 is the noise level exceeded 10% of the time.

• L50 is the noise level exceeded 50% of the time and

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 Page 40 of 145 AT USAR FOR GAIL

• L90 is the noise level exceeded 90% of the time

• Equivalent Sound Pressure Level (Leq)

The Leq is the equivalent continuous sound level, which is equivalent to the same sound energy as the actual fluctuating sound measured in the same period. This is necessary because sound from noise source often fluctuates widely during a given period of time.

This is calculated from the following equation

2 Leq=L50+ (L10–L90) /60

Lday is defined as the equivalent noise level measured over a period of time during day (6 am to 10 pm). Lnight is defined as the equivalent noise level measured over a period of time during night (10 pm to 6 am).

Hourly noise recorded data and Lday values (16 hours) Lnight (8 hours) and Ldn (24 hours) are computed and tabulated.

Day–Night Sound levels (Ldn)

The noise rating developed for community noise from all sources is the Day-Night Sound

Level, (Ldn). It is similar to a 24 hour equivalent sound level except that during night time period (10 pm to 6 am) 10 dB(A) weighting penalty is added to the instantaneous sound level before computing the 24 hour average. This time penalty is added to account for the fact that noise during night when people usually sleep is judged as more annoying than the same noise during the daytime.

The Ldn for a given location in a community may be calculated from the hourly Leq, by the following equation.

Ld/10 (Ln + 10 ) /10 Ldn = 10 log {1/24 [16 (10 ) + 8 (10 ) ] }

Where Ld is the equivalent sound level during the day time (6 am to 10 pm) and Ln is the equivalent sound level during the night time (10 pm to 6 am).

• The statistical analysis is done for measured noise levels at 4 locations. The parameters are analyzed for Lday, Lnight and Ldn and are represented in Table No. 3.3.

3.2.1.2. Location Description

Noise levels were recorded at 4 sampling locations for the proposed project sites at Usar (Fig. No. 3.6) by calibrated and integrated Sound Level Meter in dB (A). The noise levels were recorded at the selected locations around the vicinity of the project site.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 Page 41 of 145 AT USAR FOR GAIL

Fig. No. 3.6 Location of Ambient Noise sampling stations at Usar

No. Location Dist.(km) Dir. Latitude Longitude 1 Usar village (AN-1) 0.18 NW 18°36'11.03"N 72°57'36.44"E 2 Bamangaon village (AN-2) 3.4 NW 18°37'32.35"N 72°56'28.10"E 3 Vave village (AN-3) 2.8 SSE 18°34'44.83"N 72°58'20.65"E 4 Khanav village (AN-4) 1.2 N 18°36'46.33"N 72°57'38.36"E

3.2.1.3. Data

Analysis

The recorded sound levels for all 4 locations are given in Table 3.3. Out of 4 location measured for noise levels, the sample collected at Vave village was found to be on slightly higher side (Ld/n = 52.3 dB (A)), which can be attributed to local prevailing environment (Traffic and small scale industrial activities). However, the recorded noise levels were found

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 Page 42 of 145 AT USAR FOR GAIL

to be within the residential zone limits (55 dB (A)). Apart from this the noise levels recorded at Vave village were found to be of next higher level (Ld/n = 67.9 dB (A)), which can be attributed to heavy traffic. However, these levels are found to be well within the permissible industrial limits (75 dB (A)).

Table No. 3.3 Ambient Noise Quality data at Usar

Site codes AN-1 AN-2 AN-3 AN-4 Hours Usar 06:00 - 07:00 48 51 52 51 07:00 - 08:00 49 50 53 50 08:00 - 09:00 52 52 51 52 09:00 - 10:00 50 51 54 54 10:00 - 11:00 51 52 53 52 11:00 - 12:00 53 50 52 53 12:00 - 13:00 54 53 51 54 13:00 - 14:00 52 52 53 53 14:00 - 15:00 54 51 52 52 15:00 - 16:00 51 53 51 50 16:00 - 17:00 55 52 52 51 17:00 - 18:00 54 50 53 53 18:00 - 19:00 52 51 52 54 19:00 - 20:00 51 53 53 52 20:00 - 21:00 50 52 51 50 21:00 - 22:00 48 49 46 47 Minimum 48.0 49.0 46.0 47.0 Maximum 55.0 53.0 54.0 54.0 Day Leq. 52.0 51.5 52.1 52.1 Day Limits 55 55 55 55 Hours Usar 22:00 - 23:00 46 42 46 45 23:00 - 24:00 43 40 44 43 24:00 - 01:00 41 41 40 40 01:00 - 02:00 40 40 41 41 02:00 - 03:00 37 38 40 40 03:00 - 04:00 35 39 41 38 04:00 - 05:00 38 40 43 39 05:00 - 06:00 41 42 42 41 Minimum 35.0 38.0 40.0 38.0 Maximum 46.0 42.0 46.0 45.0 Night eg 41.4 40.4 42.6 41.4 Limits 45 45 45 45 D/n eq 51.8 51.2 52.3 51.9

Usar Code Name AN-1 Beloshi village

AN-2 Bamangaon village AN-3 Vave village AN-4 Khanav village

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 Page 43 of 145 AT USAR FOR GAIL

55

54

53 52.3 51.8 51.9 52 51.2 dB(A) Ld/n 51

50

49 AN-1 AN-2 AN-3 AN-4

USAR

Note: Residential limit for day – 55 dB (A) and for night – 45 dB(A)

Fig. 3.7 Graphical representation of Equivalent Noise levels for the proposed sites

3.3 Traffic Analysis

Traffic remains the concealed component of the impact analysis of any new development project. Therefore the impact of certain projects on traffic and transportation is too far reaching to be subsumed under a generalized EIA study. Traffic Analysis is a study carried out to predict the magnitude and effects that a proposed development project generated traffic will have on the transportation network. Traffic analysis is an important document in helping planning authorities in making decisions on land and its use. Traffic analysis can also be used to evaluate whether the proposed developmental project is appropriate and what type of transportation facility improvements would be necessary. Traffic impacts could be direct or cumulative. A direct impact would result solely from the implementation of the proposed project while cumulative impact is based on list of past, present and probable future projects in the area. This means that a cumulative impact would occur as a result of traffic growth both the project and from other projects in the area. A traffic impact is an effect, either positive or negative, on the traffic of the adjoining roads and other transportation infrastructures that may be associated with a proposed project activity. The assessment of the proposed project may be based on a synthesis of such criteria as, the nature of the impact, directness of the impacts, spatial extent, duration, intensive or magnitude and determination of significance.

Traffic behaves in a complex and nonlinear way, depending on the interactions of a large number of vehicles. Due to the individual reactions of human drivers, vehicles do not interact simply following the laws of mechanics, but rather display cluster formation and shock wave propagation both forward and backward, depending on vehicle density. Some mathematical models of traffic flow use a vertical queue assumption, in which the vehicles along a congested link do not spill back along the length of the link.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 Page 44 of 145 AT USAR FOR GAIL

The contribution of automobile emissions aggravating the air pollution menaces. The three main types of automobile vehicles being used in the country are

 Passenger cars powered by four strokes gasoline engines.  Motor cars, scooters and auto rickshaws powered mostly by small two stroke diesel engines.  Large trucks and buses powered by mostly 4 stroked engines. The concept of forecasting the future use of the road network in terms of traffic loading and flow, is generally an accepted approach world-wide. The techniques used have become almost standard in both developing and developed countries. The accuracy of traffic data collection and the subsequent predictions are of paramount importance in the fulfillment of an appropriate planning, design, maintenance monitoring and management of the road network. As regards to the emission problems, diesel engines are more noisy and smoky. The smoke in the diesel exhaust is not just un-burnt hydrocarbons, some of which are proved carcinogens. In addition to being a traffic hazard by reducing the visibility, smoke contains extremely hazardous constituents.

Carbon monoxide is a problem confined to gasoline engines, both two and four strokes. The causes and remedial measure for abatement of CO are similar to those of un- burnt hydrocarbons. Oxides of nitrogen have become a major concern from the point of health hazards caused by vehicle emissions. In traffic study the condition of engine, the quality of fuel and driving pattern, traffic density has a lot to contribute to this problem. Over loading and over speeding increases the magnitude of this problem considerably. Signal points are also one of the noise emanation sources as most of the vehicles keep running. The traffic data recorded once for a day at each location for continuous 24 hours in a day, under three different vehicular categories viz. Heavy: Multi axle trucks and trailors, Medium: Trucks and buses, Light: Cars, Jeeps, Light carriers vehicles. Out of the total traffic vehicles, 2-wheelers are very high followed by light and medium vehicles. The movement of two wheelers and light vehicles are largely found in daytime. The difference of heavy vehicle movement both day and night time was very marginal.

3.3.1 Data Analysis Usar

Bamangaon to Vave village (TA-1)

This location is 3.4km distance away from the GAIL plant in North-west direction. This sampling station is 0.2 km away from the village in NE direction. The traffic was high during the day time. This road connects Bamangaon to Vave village.

Khanav to Usar village (TA-2)

This location is 1.2km distance away from the GAIL plant in North direction. This sampling station is 0.3km away from the village in SE direction. The traffic was low during the study period. This road connects Khanav to Usar route.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 Page 45 of 145 AT USAR FOR GAIL

Vave to Roha village (TA-3)

This location is 2.8km distance away from the GAIL plant in SE direction. This sampling station is 0.06km distance away from the village in SW direction. The traffic was low during the study period. This road connects Vave to Roha route. Beloshi to Vave village (TA-4)

This location is 4.7km distance away from the GAIL plant in SE direction. This sampling station is 0.2km distance away from the village in SW direction. The traffic was low during the study period. This road connects Beloshi to Vave route.

Fig. No. 3.8 Location of Traffic analysis sampling stations at Usar

No. Location Dist.(km) Dir. Latitude Longitude 1 Bamangaon to Vave village (TA-1) 3.4 NW 18°37’32.35”N 72°56’28.10”E 2 Khanav to Usar village (TA-2) 1.2 N 18°36’46.33”N 72°57’38.36”E 3 Vave to Roha village (TA-3) 2.8 SE 18°34’44.83”N 72°58’20.65”E 4 Beloshi to Vave village (TA-4) 4.7 SE 18°35'53.50"N 73° 0'24.51"E

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 AT USAR FOR GAIL Page 46 of 145

Table No. 3.4 Traffic Density Monitoring Data at Usar Location: Bamangaon to Vave village

Bamangaon to Vave Vave to Bamangaon Total

VEHICLES VEHICLES VEHICLES Total TIME (HRS) vehicles

HEAVY MEDIUM LIGHT Cycles HEAVY MEDIUM LIGHT Cycles HEAVY MEDIUM LIGHT Cycles 3 WHEELER 2 WHEELER 3 WHEELER 2 WHEELER 3 WHEELER 2 WHEELER 0:00-1:00 0 1 2 0 2 0 0 1 2 0 0 0 0 2 4 0 2 0 8 1:00-2:00 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 2 0 2 0 5 2:00-3:00 0 1 0 1 2 0 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 4 1 12 3:00-4:00 1 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 3 1 4 1 3 4 5 3 6 2 23 4:00-5:00 2 3 3 1 4 1 4 1 5 2 3 0 6 4 8 3 7 1 29 5:00-6:00 1 1 4 3 3 2 3 2 7 1 5 2 4 3 11 4 8 4 34 6:00-7:00 3 4 5 2 5 3 5 4 4 3 9 1 8 8 9 5 14 4 48 7:00 -8:00 1 1 7 4 8 5 2 3 8 5 11 0 3 4 15 9 19 5 55 8:00 - 9:00 4 2 9 6 10 1 4 6 10 4 13 3 8 8 19 10 23 4 72 9:00 - 10:00 2 4 11 8 12 2 1 8 12 6 14 2 3 12 23 14 26 4 82 10:00 -11:00 5 6 13 10 14 3 2 10 14 9 17 1 7 16 27 19 31 4 104 11:00 - 12:00 3 3 10 11 18 5 4 11 16 11 20 1 7 14 26 22 38 6 113 12:00 - 13:00 6 5 14 13 16 2 6 14 20 13 24 1 12 19 34 26 40 3 134 13:00-14:00 8 7 12 9 20 3 3 13 18 10 27 0 11 20 30 19 47 3 130 14:00-15:00 4 4 10 7 25 4 1 17 14 12 22 0 5 21 24 19 47 4 120 15:00-16:00 2 8 9 10 19 2 5 15 11 14 26 0 7 23 20 24 45 2 121 16:00-17:00 5 6 6 8 17 2 2 12 10 11 28 1 7 18 16 19 45 3 108 17:00-18:00 1 9 8 6 15 2 4 14 12 10 21 1 5 23 20 16 36 3 103 18:00-19:00 0 3 10 5 13 3 1 10 9 9 19 1 1 13 19 14 32 4 83 19:00-20:00 1 7 7 7 12 1 3 8 6 6 16 2 4 15 13 13 28 3 76 20:00-21:00 3 10 5 4 10 0 2 6 4 4 13 3 5 16 9 8 23 3 64 21:00-22:00 4 6 3 2 6 0 4 3 4 2 10 2 8 9 7 4 16 2 46 22:00-23:00 1 4 6 3 3 0 2 1 2 1 7 0 3 5 8 4 10 0 30 23:00-0:00 2 2 4 1 2 0 1 2 3 0 4 0 3 4 7 1 6 0 21 Total 60 99 161 123 239 42 62 164 197 135 316 23 122 263 358 258 555 65 1621

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 AT USAR FOR GAIL Page 47 of 145

Table No. 3.5 Traffic Density Monitoring Data at Usar Location: Khanav to Usar village

Khanav to Usar Usar to Khanav Total

VEHICLES VEHICLES VEHICLES Total TIME (HRS) vehicles

HEAVY MEDIUM LIGHT Cycles HEAVY MEDIUM LIGHT Cycles HEAVY MEDIUM LIGHT Cycles 3 WHEELER 2 WHEELER 3 WHEELER 2 WHEELER 3 WHEELER 2 WHEELER 0:00-1:00 0 0 1 1 2 0 0 1 1 1 2 0 0 1 2 2 4 0 9 1:00-2:00 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 2 0 0 1 0 1 3 0 0 2 1 7 2:00-3:00 2 3 2 1 3 3 1 1 2 1 5 1 3 4 4 2 8 4 25 3:00-4:00 1 2 1 0 2 5 2 2 4 3 4 5 3 4 5 3 6 10 31 4:00-5:00 3 4 2 2 4 8 4 4 7 2 6 3 7 8 9 4 10 11 49 5:00-6:00 5 2 5 4 7 9 3 7 5 4 7 4 8 9 10 8 14 13 62 6:00-7:00 4 5 7 6 10 5 5 9 10 6 10 8 9 14 17 12 20 13 85 7:00 -8:00 6 7 9 5 12 4 4 10 12 8 12 6 10 17 21 13 24 10 95 8:00 - 9:00 8 9 11 8 18 7 7 12 14 10 14 2 15 21 25 18 32 9 120 9:00 - 10:00 7 10 10 9 20 6 9 14 17 9 16 3 16 24 27 18 36 9 130 10:00 -11:00 6 12 13 10 23 8 10 16 15 10 19 5 16 28 28 20 42 13 147 11:00 - 12:00 5 11 15 12 26 5 6 12 17 12 23 7 11 23 32 24 49 12 151 12:00 - 13:00 9 8 17 14 30 10 8 11 13 14 27 4 17 19 30 28 57 14 165 13:00-14:00 7 6 11 11 31 12 5 13 18 10 29 2 12 19 29 21 60 14 155 14:00-15:00 5 9 9 9 33 10 7 10 20 9 30 3 12 19 29 18 63 13 154 15:00-16:00 10 10 12 12 29 11 4 14 19 7 33 6 14 24 31 19 62 17 167 16:00-17:00 4 12 14 10 34 5 9 9 22 5 28 0 13 21 36 15 62 5 152 17:00-18:00 7 14 8 8 38 4 6 11 16 8 33 1 13 25 24 16 71 5 154 18:00-19:00 3 10 5 13 40 6 3 9 13 6 35 2 6 19 18 19 75 8 145 19:00-20:00 5 9 7 11 42 7 4 10 18 4 28 3 9 19 25 15 70 10 148 20:00-21:00 4 7 4 9 45 9 6 9 12 5 22 5 10 16 16 14 67 14 137 21:00-22:00 2 5 6 6 47 5 2 7 10 3 20 0 4 12 16 9 67 5 113 22:00-23:00 1 3 3 4 28 3 5 5 8 4 23 0 6 8 11 8 51 3 87 23:00-0:00 2 1 2 2 20 2 3 6 9 6 29 0 5 7 11 8 49 2 82 Total 107 160 174 167 545 145 113 204 282 147 456 70 220 364 456 314 1001 215 2570

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 AT USAR FOR GAIL Page 48 of 145

Table No. 3.6 Traffic Density Monitoring Data at Usar Location: Vave to Roha village

Vave to Roha Roha to Vave Total

VEHICLES VEHICLES VEHICLES Total TIME (HRS) vehicles

HEAVY MEDIUM LIGHT Cycles HEAVY MEDIUM LIGHT Cycles HEAVY MEDIUM LIGHT Cycles 3 WHEELER 2 WHEELER 3 WHEELER 2 WHEELER 3 WHEELER 2 WHEELER 0:00-1:00 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 2 4 1 3 0 1 3 5 1 4 0 14 1:00-2:00 1 1 2 1 2 2 2 1 3 1 1 0 3 2 5 2 3 2 17 2:00-3:00 0 2 1 0 1 1 1 2 5 0 2 1 1 4 6 0 3 2 16 3:00-4:00 2 4 3 1 3 0 3 1 2 2 4 2 5 5 5 3 7 2 27 4:00-5:00 1 6 5 2 5 2 5 2 6 1 3 3 6 8 11 3 8 5 41 5:00-6:00 0 3 7 3 8 2 3 2 4 3 5 5 3 5 11 6 13 7 45 6:00-7:00 1 5 9 2 7 3 3 3 8 4 9 2 4 8 17 6 16 5 56 7:00 -8:00 2 4 10 4 10 4 1 4 7 6 12 5 3 8 17 10 22 9 69 8:00 - 9:00 1 6 11 3 13 2 4 6 9 9 10 3 5 12 20 12 23 5 77 9:00 - 10:00 2 4 9 5 15 1 2 3 10 7 15 6 4 7 19 12 30 7 79 10:00 -11:00 1 5 8 2 17 2 5 5 12 5 17 4 6 10 20 7 34 6 83 11:00 - 12:00 1 3 7 1 18 3 3 7 14 10 20 2 4 10 21 11 38 5 89 12:00 - 13:00 0 4 5 4 20 2 6 4 17 13 24 5 6 8 22 17 44 7 104 13:00-14:00 1 6 7 2 19 5 4 2 11 11 22 8 5 8 18 13 41 13 98 14:00-15:00 1 5 9 1 16 6 2 3 9 8 19 3 3 8 18 9 35 9 82 15:00-16:00 1 3 6 3 21 7 3 6 15 10 25 4 4 9 21 13 46 11 104 16:00-17:00 0 6 4 5 23 5 1 7 18 14 21 5 1 13 22 19 44 10 109 17:00-18:00 0 4 7 2 17 6 5 5 14 9 18 3 5 9 21 11 35 9 90 18:00-19:00 1 3 4 1 13 4 2 3 12 12 20 6 3 6 16 13 33 10 81 19:00-20:00 2 5 6 2 11 2 3 8 16 11 17 5 5 13 22 13 28 7 88 20:00-21:00 1 2 3 3 14 1 1 4 19 8 15 4 2 6 22 11 29 5 75 21:00-22:00 0 3 5 1 10 2 4 2 10 5 13 2 4 5 15 6 23 4 57 22:00-23:00 1 0 2 1 5 3 2 5 8 3 11 0 3 5 10 4 16 3 41 23:00-0:00 1 1 3 0 2 0 1 2 7 1 9 0 2 3 10 1 11 0 27 Total 21 86 134 49 271 65 67 89 240 154 315 78 88 175 374 203 586 143 1569

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 AT USAR FOR GAIL Page 49 of 145

Table No. 3.7 Traffic Density Monitoring Data at Usar Location: Beloshi to Vave village

Beloshi to Vave Vave to Beloshi Total

VEHICLES VEHICLES VEHICLES Total TIME (HRS) vehicles

HEAVY MEDIUM LIGHT Cycles HEAVY MEDIUM LIGHT Cycles HEAVY MEDIUM LIGHT Cycles 3 WHEELER 2 WHEELER 3 WHEELER 2 WHEELER 3 WHEELER 2 WHEELER 0:00-1:00 0 1 2 6 8 6 0 1 8 1 3 2 0 2 10 7 11 8 38 1:00-2:00 1 0 1 8 7 5 1 0 9 1 1 3 2 0 10 9 8 8 37 2:00-3:00 1 1 4 9 12 8 2 2 10 0 2 5 3 3 14 9 14 13 56 3:00-4:00 0 2 2 1 2 9 1 1 15 2 4 2 1 3 17 3 6 11 41 4:00-5:00 2 4 5 0 1 5 2 3 14 1 3 6 4 7 19 1 4 11 46 5:00-6:00 1 7 7 2 4 6 3 5 12 3 5 2 4 12 19 5 9 8 57 6:00-7:00 0 5 9 4 7 7 2 7 18 4 9 4 2 12 27 8 16 11 76 7:00 -8:00 1 3 12 3 9 9 4 9 14 6 12 2 5 12 26 9 21 11 84 8:00 - 9:00 0 8 10 5 10 8 3 10 14 9 10 5 3 18 24 14 20 13 92 9:00 - 10:00 1 10 14 7 15 5 6 8 17 7 15 6 7 18 31 14 30 11 111 10:00 -11:00 1 12 11 9 20 6 5 11 19 5 17 8 6 23 30 14 37 14 124 11:00 - 12:00 1 13 18 11 23 3 4 13 21 10 20 4 5 26 39 21 43 7 141 12:00 - 13:00 0 15 20 13 27 5 3 15 18 13 24 2 3 30 38 26 51 7 155 13:00-14:00 2 11 23 10 30 2 7 12 16 11 22 6 9 23 39 21 52 8 152 14:00-15:00 1 13 26 12 34 3 5 14 17 8 19 5 6 27 43 20 53 8 157 15:00-16:00 3 10 19 16 38 9 8 10 13 10 25 2 11 20 32 26 63 11 163 16:00-17:00 0 12 21 20 41 8 6 13 15 2 11 3 6 25 36 22 52 11 152 17:00-18:00 1 9 27 22 48 9 3 15 12 0 10 4 4 24 39 22 58 13 160 18:00-19:00 0 6 30 17 50 1 4 5 9 1 9 2 4 11 39 18 59 3 134 19:00-20:00 0 3 33 11 42 5 2 3 6 0 7 1 2 6 39 11 49 6 113 20:00-21:00 2 2 36 12 39 4 2 3 5 2 5 3 4 5 41 14 44 7 115 21:00-22:00 1 4 17 10 37 5 1 1 4 0 3 8 2 5 21 10 40 13 91 22:00-23:00 2 1 10 8 35 6 2 3 1 5 2 5 4 4 11 13 37 11 80 23:00-0:00 2 2 5 6 33 8 2 3 1 5 4 4 4 5 6 11 37 12 75 Total 23 154 362 222 572 142 78 167 288 106 242 94 101 321 650 328 814 236 2450

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 Page 50 of 145 AT USAR FOR GAIL

3.3.2 Conclusion Out of total traffic vehicles, 2 wheelers and cycles are high followed by light and medium vehicles. The movement of two and four wheelers are largely found in daytime. The density of heavy vehicles was comparatively low at all locations. Out of 4 traffic observations, maximum number of vehicular movement is found in Khanav to Usar road sampling station. Two and four wheelers were found to be ascendant for most of the time. Heavy vehicles were also observed to be in high density compared to other locations. Traffic density at Beloshi to Vave road was found to be the second highest. The most common vehicles were observed to be 2 and 4 wheelers. The heavy vehicles were moderate in number during the study period on this location. The traffic data for all remaining locations was comparatively low as they are small villages with moderate population. The density of two wheelers was more during the study period at these locations.

3.4 Water Environment

3.4.1 Introduction

Water of high quality is essential to human life, and water of acceptable quality is essential for agricultural, industrial, domestic and commercial uses; in addition, most recreation is water based; therefore, major activities having potential effects on surface water are certain to be of appreciable concern to the consumers.

The hydrological environment is composed of two interrelated phases; ground water and surface water. Impacts initiated in one phase eventually affect the other. For example, a ground water system may charge one surface water system and later be recharged by another surface water system. The complete assessment of an impact dictates consideration of both ground water and surface water. Thus, pollution at one point in the system can be passed throughout, and consideration of only one phase does not characterize the entire problem.

3.4.2 Precipitation

The only source of recharging for surface water and ground water is from precipitation (rainfall). The Raigad district has a semi-arid climate with average rainfall of 3884 mm. Extreme temperature; erratic rainfall and high evaporation are the characteristic features of this type of climate. General climate of the district is sub-tropical and is characterized by three well-defined seasons, i.e. summer - from March to June, monsoon - from July to October, and winter - from November to February. The present study area is around 10 km from proposed plant sites.

3.4.3 Hydrogeology

The raigad district is divided into seventeen watersheds. The groundwater occurs in weathered mantle, fractures and joints in deccan trap.

The depth of wells ranges between 3.50 to 8.50 mt. bgl. The SWL in winter ranges between 1 to 3.50 mt and swl in summer ranges from 4 to 8 mts. Majority of the wells goes dry in summer season due to poor productive aquifer.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 Page 51 of 145 AT USAR FOR GAIL

The yield of the wells tapping in the trap is poor to moderate. Wells are mainly used for seasonal crops. In the coastal part of the district ground water occur in sandy formation. The depth of the wells ranges from 3.5 to 7.0 mts. Bgl. The surface water level in winter ranges between 1.5 to 2.5 mt. and surface water level in summer ranges between 3.5 to 6.5 mt.

3.4.4 Hydrology

3.4.4.1 Surface Water

Rivers in the region have reached their base level of erosion within a distance of 20 km. They have their knick points along the base of the scarps and have east to west course in general. Streams have NNW-SSE course corresponding to major fracture I joints. The river systems are young and owing to heavy rainfall, they exhibit head ward erosion capability, resulting in river piracy at places. In the lower reaches many of them are tidal in nature. These streams are swift and bring vast quantities of eroded material and deposit in the lowest zone that about the shoreline. Besides the general parallel pattern of the rivers, the tributary pattern tends, at places, to the rectangular suggesting the adaptation of the stream to the local rock structure. All the rivers are tidal for a considerable extent and can be divided into two well-marked sections above and below the limit of the tide. The upper courses are steep and rugged, with torrential waters flowing during the monsoon season.

3.4.4.2 Ground water

Groundwater Survey and Development Agency, Water Supply and Sanitation Department, Government of Maharashtra has divided the entire geographical area of western side of the Western Ghats into a number of elementary watersheds for the purpose of periodic assessment of groundwater resources to control its development and management.

Due to plenty of rainfall, moderate to high drainage density and fractured nature of the basaltic rocks at many places, the area has a good groundwater potential. The groundwater table in the western part of the district is comparatively shallow and in spite of the presence of so many coastal inlets and creeks, the occurrence of saline water intrusion into the fresh water system is few. Safe drinking water is available at almost all the places.

3.4.5 Methodology

Water samples were collected from 7 locations. Samples were collected as per IS: 3025 (Part 1) methodology. Necessary precautions were taken while collecting, preserving and transporting. The parameters like pH, temperature and DO were measured at the site while collecting the sample. For analyzing other parameters the samples were brought to Head Laboratory situated in Hyderabad. All the rest parameters were analyzed as per "Methods of Sampling and Test (Physical and Chemical) for water and waste water” IS: 3025 and ‘Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater’ APHA. The results are then compared with the standards (IS 10500 & IS 2296) as per the quality of water. The list of parameters and their specified methods are given below Table No. 3.8.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 Page 52 of 145 AT USAR FOR GAIL

Table No. 3.8 List of Parameters and their method of analysis

No. Parameter Method of Analysis 1 Colour IS: 3025 (Part 04), 1983 – RA: 2012 2 Odour IS: 3025 (Part 05), 1983 – RA: 2012 3 pH value IS: 3025 (Part11), 1983 – RA: 2012 4 Temperature IS: 3025 (Part 09), 1984 – RA: 2006 5 Taste IS: 3025 (Part 07), 1984 – RA: 2012 6 Turbidity IS: 3025 (Part 10) : 1987 – RA: 2015 7 Salinity APHA, 22nd Edition, 2012 8 Total Dissolved Solids IS 3025 (Part 16):1984 – RA: 2012 9 Total Suspended Solids IS 3025 (Part 17): 1984- RA: 2012 10 Total Alkalinity IS:3025 (Part 23): 1986 – RA: 2014 11 Total Hardness IS:3025 (Part 21): 2009 – RA: 2014 12 Ca. Hardness IS:3025 (Part 40): 1991 - RA: 2014 13 Mg. Hardness IS:3025 (Part 46): 1991 – RA: 2014 14 Chloride as Cl IS:3025 (Part 32): 1988 – RA: 2014

15 Sulphate as SO4 IS:3025 (Part 24): 1986 – RA: 2014 16 Sodium as Na IS:3025 (Part 45): 1993 – RA 2014 17 Potassium as K IS:3025 (Part 45): 1993 – RA 2014 nd 18 Nitrates as NO3 APHA, 22 Ed. 2012, 4500 - NO3, B 19 Total Phosphate IS: 3025 (Part 31): 1988 – RA: 2014 20 Phosphorous IS: 3025 (Part 31): 1988 – RA: 2014 21 Iron as Fe IS:3025 (Part 53): 2003 – RA: 2014 22 DO IS 3025 (Part 44): 1993 – RA: 2014 23 COD IS 3025 (Part 58): 2000 – RA: 2012 24 BOD, 3 days @ 27 C IS 3025 (Part 44): 1993 – RA: 2014 25 Lead as Pb IS 3025 (Part 47): 1994 – RA 2014 26 Copper as Cu ⁰ IS: 3025 (Part – 42) : 1992 (RA - 2014) 27 Zinc as Zn IS 3025 (Part 49): 1994 – RA: 2014 28 Manganese as Mn IS: 3025 (Part - 59) : 2006 (RA - 2012) 29 Total Coliforms APHA, 22nd Edition 2012 30 Pesticides APHA, 22nd Edition 2012 31 Total Nitrogen IS: 3025 (Part 34): 1988 – RA: 2014 32 Fluoride APHA, 22nd Edition 2012, 4500 – F-, D 33 Electrical Conductance IS: 3025 (Part 10), 1984 – RA: 2012 34 Phenols IS: 3025 (Part 43), 1992 – RA: 2014

3.4.6 Location Description

Usar

The Water quality results were obtained according to the scope of work at 7 locations to assess pollution levels. The sampling locations are depicted in Fig. No. 3.9 and the descriptions of sampling locations are discussed below.

Ramraj River (SW-1)

It is at a distance of 7.5km towards south-east direction from the GAIL plant. The surface water was steady and is used for domestic purposes by all nearby villages. No major industries or factories are located nearby this village.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 Page 53 of 145 AT USAR FOR GAIL

Umte Dharan Dam (SW-2)

This location is 8.2km away from the GAIL plant in South-east direction. No major industries or factories are located nearby this village. This surface water is used for domestic purposes by all nearby villages.

Dawale pond (SW-3)

This location is 3.8 km away from the GAIL plant in WNW direction. No major industries or factories are located nearby this village. This surface water is used for domestic purposes by all nearby villages.

Usar village (GW-1)

This location is 0.3km away from the GAIL plant in West direction. The water sample was collected at a distance of 0.06km from the plant towards West direction. The domestic water sample was collected at bore water.

Beloshi village (GW-2)

This location is 3.0km away from the GAIL plant in SE direction. The water sample collected from hand pump. The main source of water in this village is provided by bore well for drinking and domestic purpose.

Bherse village (GW-3)

This location is 1.3km away from the GAIL plant in NE direction. The water sample collected from bore well. The main source of water in this village is provided by bore well for domestic purpose.

Vave village (GW-4)

This location is 2.8km away from the GAIL plant in SE direction. The water sample collected from hand pump. The main source of water in this village is provided by bore well for drinking and domestic purpose.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 AT USAR FOR GAIL Page 54 of 145

Fig. No. 3.9 Location of Traffic analysis sampling stations at Usar

No. Location Dist.(km) Dir. Latitude Longitude 1 Ramraj River (SW-1) 7.5 SE 18°32'49.79"N 73° 0'10.18"E 2 Unte Dharan Dam (SW-2) 8.2 SE 18°33'15.86"N 73° 1'20.72"E 3 Dawale Pond (SW-3) 3.8 WNW 18°36'44.29"N 72°55'37.40"E 4 Usar village (GW-1) 0.3 W 18°36'06.87"N 72°57'32.67"E 5 Beloshi village (GW-2) 3.0 SE 18°35'16.10"N 72°59'09.23"E 6 Bherse village (GW-3) 1.3 NE 18°36'49.80"N 72°57'52.65"E 7 Vave village (GW-4) 2.8 SE 18°34'44.87"N 72°58'22.58"E

3.4.7 Results and Discussions

For assessing the quality of water around the 10 km radius of the proposed plant, 7 samples were collected from the nearby villages. These water samples were analysed as per prescribed methodologies and subsequently results were obtained. Out of 7 samples, three (3) samples were collected from the surface water and the remaining four (4) samples were collected from ground water source of the nearby villages.

The results for 7 locations collected during the winter season are given in Tables 3.9 & 3.10.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 AT USAR FOR GAIL Page 55 of 145

Table 3.9 Ground Water Quality Data at Usar

Limits as per Sample Code No. Parameters Units IS:10500 - 2012 GW-1 GW-2 GW-3 GW-4 Acceptable Permissible

1 pH value -- 7.71 7.57 7.42 7.44 6.5 to 8.5 NR 2 Temperature 0C 27 26 27 26 NS NS 3 Conductivity µmhos/cm 434 452 644 417 NS NS 4 Total Suspended solids mg/L 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 NS NS 5 Total Dissolve Solids mg/L 279 292 416 269 500 2000

6 Total Alkalinity as CaCO3 mg/L 181 124 41 150 200 600

7 Total Hardness as CaCO3 mg/L 195 110 115 140 200 600 8 Chlorides as Cl mg/L 21 51 107 28 250 1000

9 Ca. Hardness as CaCO3 mg/L 120 100 95 115 75 200

10 Mg. Hardness as CaCO3 mg/L 75 10 20 25 30 100 11 Sodium as Na mg/L 10 53 95 31 NS NS 12 Potassium as K mg/L 1.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 NS NS

13 Sulphates as SO4 mg/L 6.0 29 125 27 200 400

14 Nitrates as NO3 mg/L 2.4 1.2 1.2 4.3 45 NR 15 Total Phosphate mg/L 0.06 0.04 0.08 0.06 NS NS 16 Total Phosphorus mg/L 0.02 0.01 0.03 0.02 NS NS 17 Nickel as Ni mg/L <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 0.02 NR 18 Cadmium as Cd mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.01 NR 19 Copper as Cu mg/L <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 0.05 1.5 20 Lead as Pb mg/L <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 0.05 NR 21 Iron as Fe mg/L <0.06 <0.06 <0.06 <0.06 0.3 1 22 Manganese as Mn mg/L <0.02 <0.02 0.05 <0.02 0.1 0.3 23 Zinc as Zn mg/L 0.05 0.06 0.09 <0.01 5 15 24 Chromium as Cr6+ mg/L <0.06 <0.06 0.08 <0.06 0.05 NR MPN/100 25 T. Coliforms Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent ml

GW-1: Usar village

GW-2: Beloshi village

GW-3: Bherse village

GW-4: Vave village

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 AT USAR FOR GAIL Page 56 of 145

Table 3.10 Surface Water Quality Data at Usar

Sample Code IS: 2296 – 1982 No. Parameters Units SW -1 SW -2 SW-3 (Class C) 1 pH value -- 7.30 8.20 7.46 6.5-8.5 2 Temperature 0C 27 26 26 NS 3 Conductivity μmhos/cm 38100 557 684 NS 4 Total Suspended solids mg/L 12 14 10 NS 5 Total Dissolve Solids mg/L 24765 359 430 1500

6 Total Alkalinity as CaCO3 mg/L 119 62 86 NS

7 Total Hardness as CaCO3 mg/L 5640 125 142 NS 8 Chlorides as Cl mg/L 13374 90 108 600

9 Calcium Hardness as CaCO3 mg/L 1060 65 98 NS

10 Magnesium Hardness as CaCO3 mg/L 4580 60 44 NS 11 Sodium as Na mg/L 6164 70 89 NS 12 Potassium as K mg/L 8.0 2.0 5.2 NS

13 Sulphates as SO4 mg/L 57 89 89 400

14 Nitrates as NO3 mg/L 12.4 4.2 11.4 50 15 Total Phosphate mg/L 0.08 0.02 0.03 NS 16 Total Phosphorus mg/L 0.03 0.006 0.008 NS 17 Nickel as Ni mg/L 0.6 <0.1 <0.1 NS 18 Cadmium as Cd mg/L 0.19 <0.01 <0.01 0.01 19 Copper as Cu mg/L 0.16 0.05 0.06 NS 20 Lead as Pb mg/L 0.39 0.05 0.08 0.1 21 Iron as Fe mg/L 0.47 0.09 0.12 50 22 Manganese as Mn mg/L 0.08 0.01 0.03 NS 23 Zinc as Zn mg/L 0.66 0.12 0.15 15 24 Chromium as Cr6+ mg/L 0.12 <0.05 <0.05 0.05 25 Chemical Oxygen Demand mg/L 360 245 258 NS 26 BOD (3 days at 270C) mg/L 154 27 31 3.0 27 Dissolved Oxygen mg/L 2.7 3.5 3.7 4.0 28 T. Coliforms MPN/100ml 148 109 120 5000

SW-1: Ramraj river

SW-2: Umte Dharan Dam

SW-3: Dawale Pond

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 AT USAR FOR GAIL Page 57 of 145 pH

pH is measure of hydrogen ion concentration of the water. The pH of water indicates weather the water is acid or alkaline. The measurement of pH ranges from 1 to 14 with a pH of 7 indicating a neutral solution, neither acid nor alkaline. Numbers lower than 7 indicate acidity, numbers higher than 7 indicates alkalinity. Drinking water with a pH of between 6.5 and 8.5 is generally considered satisfactory. Acid water tends to be corrosive to plumbing and faucets, particularly if the pH is below 6. Alkaline waters are less corrosive. Water with a pH of above 8.5 may tend to have a bitter or soda like taste. The pH of water may have an effect on the treatment of the water and also should be considered if the water is used for field application of pesticides. Water with a pH of 7 to 8.5 will require more chlorine for the destruction of pathogens than will water that is slightly acidic.

As per IS: 10500 and IS: 2296 standards, the pH value shall be between 7.42 and 7.71. The pH for all the surface water samples collected in the study area ranges from 7.30 to 8.2.

Temperature

Temperature values for all ground water locations were found in the range of 26 & 27 C and for surface water locations were found to be as 26 & 27 C. ⁰ Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) ⁰

High amounts of TDS are objectionable because of physiological effects, mineral tastes, or economic effects. TDS is the aggregate of carbonates, bicarbonates, chlorides, sulfates, phosphates, nitrates, and other salts of calcium, magnesium, sodium, potassium, and other substances. All salts in solution change the physical and chemical nature of water and exert osmotic pressure. As per IS: 10500 drinking water standards the maximum permissible limit is 2000 mg/L and for IS: 2296 surface water standards the limit is 1500 mg/L as per Class C type.

TDS values are ranging from 269 to 416 mg/L for all ground water samples. In case of surface water samples, the TDS was found to be 359 to 24765 mg/L respectively.

Dissolved Oxygen Dissolved oxygen is important in natural water because many microorganisms and fish require it in aquatic system. Dissolved oxygen also establishes an aerobic environment in which oxidized forms of many constituents in water are predominant. Under anoxic conditions in water, reduced forms of chemical species are formed and frequently lead to the release of undesirable odours until desired conditions develop. As per IS: 2296 surface water standards the limit for Class C type is 4 mg/L.

The DO value for surface water samples was 2.7 to 3.7 mg/L respectively.

Biological Oxygen Demand (BOD) BOD of water is an indirect measure of the amount of biologically degradable organic material present. It is thus indication of the amount of dissolved oxygen (DO) that will be depleted from water during the natural biological assimilation of organic pollutants. The discharge of wastes containing organic material imposes oxygen demand in the natural water and reduces the DO level. BOD values are expressed as the amount of oxygen consumed (mg/L) by organisms during 3 days period at 27oC. As per IS: 2296 surface water standards the limit for class C type is 3 mg/L.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 AT USAR FOR GAIL Page 58 of 145 The BOD values were found to be in the range of 27 to 154 mg/L for all the surface water samples.

Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) also used to represent the organic matter in water and wastewater. COD value indicates the total amount of utilizable material present and includes BOD. The chemical oxygen demand (COD) test of natural water yields the oxygen equivalent of the organic matter that can be oxidized by strong chemical oxidizing agent in an acidic medium. Potassium permanganate is the oxidizing chemical. Silver sulfate is added as a catalyst and to minimize the interference of chloride on the COD test. Mercuric sulfate is also added to inhibit interferences of metals on the oxidation of organic compounds.

The COD values for all surface water samples were found to be 245 to 360 mg/L respectively.

Heavy Metals

Heavy metals such as Lead (Pb), Iron (Fe), Copper (Cu), Zinc (Zn), and Manganese (Mn) are found below the detectable limits.

Toxic compounds

Water containing concentration of heavy metals (mercury, cadmium, copper, silver, chromium etc.) either individually or combination may be toxic to aquatic organisms and thus, have a severe impact on the water community. Other toxic substances include pesticides, ammonia-ammonium compounds, cyanides, sulfides, fluorides and petrochemical wastes. Severely toxic substances will eliminate algal growth, except the species that are able to tolerate the observed concentration of the toxicant. Chemicals released into the environment may affect surface water or ground water systems by direct discharge of wastes containing toxic compounds or from surface runoff which may come in contact with toxic material left as residue over the ground surface.

No Toxic compounds observed in all the 6 samples analyzed.

Sulphate (SO4)

Sulphate concentration for all ground water samples were found to be in range of 6 to 125 mg/L, and are observed to be within the permissible limits of 400 mg/L for all locations. Beyond the permissible limit causes gastro intestinal irritation when magnesium and sodium are present.

For all surface water samples, Sulphate concentration was found to be 57 to 89 mg/L respectively.

Nitrate (NO3)

The nitrate concentration was in the range of 1.2 to 4.3 mg/L for all ground water locations, and are observed to be within the desirable limits of 45 mg/L as per IS:10500. For all surface water locations, nitrate was found to be 4.2 to 12.4 mg/L respectively.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 AT USAR FOR GAIL Page 59 of 145

Total Phosphorous (P)

Phosphorous concentration was in the range of 0.01 to 0.03 mg/L for all ground water locations and for all surface water samples concentration was found to be 0.006 to 0.03 mg/L respectively.

Total Hardness as CaCO3

Total hardness were found to be in the range of 110 to 195 mg/L for all ground water locations and are observed within the permissible limit of 600 mg/L for all locations. For all surface water locations, TH was found to be 125 to 5640 mg/L respectively.

Total Alkalinity as CaCO3

Total Alkalinity were found to be in the range of 41 to 181 mg/L for all ground water locations which were observed to be within the desirable limit of 200 mg/L as per IS:10500. For all surface water locations, total alkalinity was found to be 62 to 119 mg/L respectively.

Chlorides (Cl)

Chlorides concentration were found in the range of 21 to 107 mg/L for all ground water locations and are observed within the permissible limit of 1000 mg/L as per IS: 10500. For all surface water locations, chloride concentration was found to be 90 to 13374 mg/L respectively.

Total Suspended Solids (TSS)

TSS concentration was found to be in the range of 4 mg/L for all ground water locations and for all surface water locations, the TSS was found to be 12 to 14 mg/L respectively.

Sodium (Na)

Sodium concentrations were found to be in the range of 10 to 95 mg/L for all ground water locations and for all surface water locations, the sodium concentrations were found to be 70 to 6164 mg/L respectively.

Potassium (K)

Potassium concentrations were found to be in the range of 1.0 to 2.0 mg/L for all ground water locations and for all surface water locations, the concentration was found to be 2.0 to 8.0 mg/L respectively.

3.4.8 Summary

3.4.8.1 Ground water

Ground water samples are compared with the prescribed limits of IS: 10500. All ground water samples are collected in the 10 km radius of proposed plants. All the specified results of ground water samples were found within the limits.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 AT USAR FOR GAIL Page 60 of 145 3.4.8.2 Surface water

Surface water samples collected within 10 km radius of proposed plants. The result of this water samples was compared with IS: 2296 class C norms.

3.5 Land Environment 3.5.1 Introduction

The soil that mantles the land surface is the sole means of support for virtually all terrestrial life. As this layer is depleted by improper use, so is the buffer between nourishment and starvation destroyed. However, the ability of soil to support life varies from place to place according to the nature of the local climate, the surface configuration of the land, the kind of bedrock, and even the type of vegetation cover. At the same time, the vulnerability of soil to destruction through mismanagement will vary as these factors change. Studies on land and biological aspects of ecosystem is important for Environmental Assessment to identify sensitive issues and take appropriate action by maintaining ‘ecological homeostasis’ in the early stages of development of the project. The objective of this report is to define the present environment in which the GIDC is located, to evaluate all the possible eventualities and to ensure that all negative impacts are minimized.

The present study was undertaken as a part of baseline data generation to understand the present status of ecosystem prevailing in the study area, to compare it with the past condition with the help of available data, to predict changes as a result of present activities and to suggest measures for maintaining the condition. Thus the objective of ecological study may be outlined as follows  To characterize the environmental components like Soil.

 To understand their present status

 To assess present bio-diversity and

 To identity susceptible and sensitive areas.

3.5.2 Methodology

Soil Sampling was carried out at four sites to understand the soil quality. Meticulous attention was paid to collect adequate amount of composite soil samples for analysis. After removing the surface vegetation cover, visible roots, plant litter, gravel, plastic materials and other foreign materials. Samples were collected by using Agar at a depth of 50, 150 and 300 cm and mixed thoroughly and analyzed as a single unit sample. The samples were packed in dependable, waterproof zip lock pouch bag and was marked specifically, accurately and distinctly and brought to the laboratory for testing. This will establish the baseline characteristics and facilitate to identify contamination if any. Samples were analyzed for Texture, Specific gravity, Bulk density, Porosity, Organic matter, SAR, Conductivity, pH, Nitrogen, Phosphorous and Potassium. The method of analysis for various parameters is listed in the Table 3.11.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 AT USAR FOR GAIL Page 61 of 145 Table 3.11 List of Parameters and method of analysis

No. Parameter Method of Analysis 1 Type of soil IS: 2720, Part - 4 2 pH value IS: 2720, Part – 26: 1987 (RA: 2011) 3 Bulk Density ISO/ DIS 11272 4 Porosity ISO/ DIS 11274 5 Soil Texture (Sand %, Clay % and Silt %) PLCPL-QC-SOP-SOIL-003 6 Organic Matter IS: 2720, Part – 22: 1972 (RA: 2015) 7 SAR By calculation 8 Specific Gravity IS: 2720, Part – 3: 1980 (RA: 2011) 9 Conductance IS: 14767 – 2000, RA: 2016 10 Nitrogen as N PLCPL-QC-SOP-SOIL-N-029 11 Phosphorous as P2O5 PLCPL-QC-SOP-SOIL-005 12 Potassium as K2O PLCPL-QC-SOP-SOIL-006

3.5.3 Description of Locations

The soil samples were collected as per the scope of work at 4 locations to assess pollution level of nearest locations of desalination plant sites. The soil sampling locations are depicted in Fig. No. 3.10 and the descriptions of sampling locations are discussed below.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 AT USAR FOR GAIL Page 62 of 145

Fig. No. 3.10 Soil sampling locations around Petroleum plant at Usar

No. Location Dist. (km) Dir. Latitude Longitude 1 Usar village (S-1) 0.3 W 18°36'08.25"N 72°57'33.29"E 2 Vave village (S-2) 2.8 SE 18°34'45.63"N 72°58'20.80"E 3 Bherse village (S-3) 1.6 NE 18°36'58.01"N 72°57'56.23"E 4 Ghotwade village (S-4) 0.7 S 18°35'45.36"N 72°57'49.82"E

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 AT USAR FOR GAIL Page 63 of 145

Usar

Usar village (S-1)

It is located at 0.3 km away from the GAIL plant towards West direction. The village has moderate population. The colour of soil was brown in colour. The sample was collected from the barren land which was 0.2 km away from the village towards north-east direction.

Vave village (S -2)

It is located at 2.8 km away from the GAIL plant towards SE direction. The soil of this village was fertile. The appearance of soil was black in colour. The soil sample was collected from barren land which was 0.3 km from the village towards west direction.

Bherse village (S-3)

It is located at 1.6 km away from desalination plant towards NE direction. The appearance of soil in this village was red in colour. The sampling location was 0.16 km away from the village towards NE direction and sample was collected from the barren land.

Ghotwade village (S -4)

It is located at 0.7 km away from GAIL plant towards South direction. The sampling location was 0.2 km from the village towards north-east direction. The appearance of soil in this village was dark grey in colour. The sample was collected from the fallow land.

3.5.4 Results & Discussions

For assessing the quality of soil around the 10 km radius of the proposed plant, 4 samples were collected from the nearby villages. These soil samples were analysed as per prescribed methodologies and subsequently results were obtained.

The results for 4 locations collected during the winter season are given in Table 3.12.

Table 3.12 Soil Quality Results at Usar No. Parameters Units S-1 S-2 S-3 S-4 1 Conductance µmhos/cm 51.3 460 98.1 103 2 pH value -- 6.25 6.77 6.45 6.64 3 Type of Soil -- Clay loam Clay loam Loam Loam 4 Texture Sand Content % 32.5 31 46.5 42.5 Clay Content % 38.5 37.5 25 24 Silt Content % 29 31.5 28.5 33.5 5 Bulk Density gm/cc 1.24 1.21 1.36 1.33 6 Porosity % 0.55 0.56 0.5 0.51 7 Nitrogen as N Kg/hec 112 134 78 56

8 Phosphorus as P2O5 Kg/hec 21 23 7.21 7.18

9 Potassium as K2O Kg/hec 364 355 175 193 10 Specific Gravity -- 2.77 2.73 2.7 2.69

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 AT USAR FOR GAIL Page 64 of 145

11 Organic matter % 0.07 0.29 0.22 0.14

S – 1 Usar village S – 2 Vave village S – 3 Bherese Village S - 4 Ghotwade Village

pH Hydrogen ion activity is expressed in terms of pH. Environments containing more of the OH- ion than H+ ion exhibit a higher pH and are considered as alkaline. Low pH environments, termed as acidic, contain more H+ ions than OH- ions. Generally, for a pH in between 6.5 to 7.5 the environment is considered as neutral. Higher pH and lower pH would be considered as corrosive in environment. Rating Light Soils Acidic < 6.0 Normal 6.0-7.5 Weakly Alkaline 7.6-8.0 Tending to become Alkali 8.1-8.5 Alkaline > 8.5

The pH values obtained for all the locations were in the range of 6.25 to 6.77. Soil Texture

The proportion of sand, silt and clay particles in a soil is an important property of soils since many of the physical characteristics of soil are determined by soil texture. Soil particle size directly involves in deciding soil texture, porosity and infiltration capacity. Soil texture also affects the water permeability or percolation rate of a soil. Percolation is the downward movement of free water and is often referred to in the laboratory as the saturated hydraulic conductivity rate. With faster rate soil becomes coarser and with slower rate the soil becomes finer.

Soil separate fraction name Size Coarse Sand 1.0 to 0.5 mm; Medium sand 0.5 to 0.25 mm; Fine sand 0.25 to 0.10 mm; Very fine sand 0.10 to 0.05 mm; Silt 0.05 to 0.002 mm; Clay <0.002 mm.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 AT USAR FOR GAIL Page 65 of 145

Fig 3.11 Soil texture diagram of the study area

Based on particle sizes of the samples collected from the site, they are mostly falling in Clay loam and loamy category. Sand percent was varying from 31 to 46.5%, Silt percent was in the range of 28.5 to 33.5% and Clay was varying in range of 24 to 38.5%.

Bulk Density

Bulk density is defined as the mass of a unit volume of soil. Unlike the particle density, which is a characteristic of solid particle only, bulk density is determined by the volume of pore spaces as well as soil solids. Infiltration rate in soil depend on the bulk density. Thus, soils with high proportion of pore space to solids have lower bulk densities than those that are more compact and have less pore space. Fine textured soil surface such as silt loams, clays, and clay loams generally have lower bulk densities than sandy soils.

The bulk density of all four samples was in the range from 1.21 to 1. %.

Organic Matter (OM)

The concentration of OM in soils generally ranges from 0.07% to 0.29% of the total topsoil mass for most upland soils. Soils whose upper horizons consist of less than 0.07% organic matter are mostly limited to desert areas, while the OM content of soils in low- lying, wet areas can be as high as 90%.

The organic carbon in soil of all locations will be obtained in the range from 0.07 to 0.29 %.

Electrical Conductivity (EC)

Soil resistivity, the reciprocal of conductivity, has been used for years as an indicator of the corrosivity of soil. The lower the resistivity, the easier current will flow through the soil. Of the measurable soil characteristics, resistivity is generally accepted as the primary indicator of soil corrosivity.

The electrical conductivity of the electrolyte is an important parameter in the rate of corrosion, the higher the conductivity the greater the rate of corrosion. Conductivity is a function of temperature, moisture and ionic content, since the corrosion current flows through the electrolyte by ionic conduction. Salt increase the electric conductivity of the ware

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 AT USAR FOR GAIL Page 66 of 145 and would therefore increases corrosion. The conductivity level also indicates low dissolved salts which is positive effect on corrosion.

The electrical conductivity for all locations varies from 51.3 to 460 µmhos/cm.

Nitrogen (N)

Nitrogen occurs in soils as organic and inorganic forms and soil testing may be performed to

measure levels of either. Nitrate nitrogen (NO3-N) is most commonly measured in standard soil tests because it is the primary form of nitrogen available to trees and, therefore, an indicator of nitrogen soil fertility. However, soil concentrations of NO3-N depend upon the biological activity and may fluctuate with changes in soil temperature, soil moisture, and other conditions. Nitrate is also easily leached with rainfall or irrigation so current soil tests may not reflect future levels of nitrogen soil fertility.

Available N (Kg/hec.) Ranges 0.0 – 50 Very less

51 – 100 Less 101 – 151 Good 151 – 300 Better >300 Sufficient

The nitrogen values obtained from all soil sample locations varies from 56 to 134 Kg/hec. The nitrogen content present in the soil samples are mostly less and some are good.

Phosphorous (P2O5)

Phosphorous test are performed in soil to determine the concentrations of phosphorus in soil. Soils with inherent pH values between 6 and 7.5 are ideal for Phosphorous availability, while pH values below 5.5 and between 7.5 and 8.5 limits Phosphorous availability to plants due to fixation by aluminum, iron, or calcium, often associated with soil parent materials.

Available P2O5 (Kg/hec.) Ranges 0 – 20 Low 20 – 50 Medium 50 - 80 High

The phosphorous values obtained from all the locations are varying in the range of 7.18 to 23 Kg/hec. The soil samples are low to medium in range of phosphorous.

Potassium (K2O)

Potassium undergoes exchange reactions with other cations in the soil such as calcium, magnesium, sodium, and hydrogen and this affects the plant available potassium. Therefore, an ammonium acetate extraction method is the most common method to model these soil reactions and analyze for potassium fertility.

Available K2O (Kg/hec.) Ranges 0 – 150 Low 150– 300 Medium >300 High

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 AT USAR FOR GAIL Page 67 of 145

The potassium values obtained for all locations vary from 175 to 364 Kg/hec. The potassium ranges in soil samples are low to high.

3.5.4 Landuse Pattern:

The landuse pattern of the study area has also been assessed using satellite data. The Resources at-2 LISS-IV, Path 096, Row 062, sub- scene-A, dated 15.12.2014, digital satellite was procured from Maharashtra Remote Sensing Applications Centre (MRSAC), NAGPUR for assessing the landuse pattern of the study area. The landuse pattern is summarized in Table-3.13 and landuse Map is given in Figure-3.12. All GIS thematic maps are attached as Annexure-III. Table-3.13: Summary of Landuse Pattern Statistics for USAR S. No. Category Area(in hectare) 1 Built-up Area 1070.43 2 Agriculture Land 20738.28 3 Forest 27751.54 4 Wastelands 7832.63 5 Wetlands 1385.67 6 Water bodies 1816.67 Total 60595.47 Note: Above statistics generated for 10 km buffer area around each site

Figure- 3.12 Landuse Map of USAR

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 AT USAR FOR GAIL Page 68 of 145

3.6 SOCIO - ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT 3.6.1 Introduction

Baseline data for demographic characteristics, education, health, amenities for locations existing around the project area have been examined to assess the socio- economic status for the proposed project.

As per the given scope, the following datas have been collected for the study area spanning 10 kms radial distance from the proposed project site. :

a. Demographic profile (Population, human settlements, male/female ratio, literacy, occupational pattern b. Infrastructure resource base - medical, education, water resource, power supply etc. c. Economic resource - agriculture, industry, forest etc. d. Cultural and Aesthetic attributes.

3.6.2 Socio-economic Structure

The demographic profile relating to village/town wise population, households, occupation and literacy status, has been based on Census, 2011, while the infrastructure and economic resource base data is as per Census 2001.

3.6.2.1 Population and households

A 'household' is usually a group of persons who normally live together and take their meals from a common kitchen unless the exigencies of work prevent any of them from doing so.. Population breakup within 10 km radius of the plant as per 2011 census is 31868 male and 31358 female which makes up a Total population about 63226 respectively, with 02.28 % of SC and 15.03 % of ST Population. The summarized population data is given in Table 3.14.

Table 3.14 Population Composition Population <7 age Population SC Population ST Population Name No. HH T M F T M F T M F T M F Sudkoli 266 955 484 471 82 46 36 0 0 0 102 45 57 Umate 238 1017 527 490 122 62 60 75 41 34 422 224 198 Talavali 138 501 238 263 32 15 17 3 1 2 34 14 20 Mahan 217 1090 529 561 141 72 69 13 8 5 673 320 353 Malade 126 500 233 267 27 14 13 0 0 0 0 0 0 Bhonang 201 802 395 407 74 36 38 0 0 0 0 0 0 Moronde 148 668 327 341 80 40 40 0 0 0 390 186 204 Ramraj 379 1636 823 813 183 98 85 219 105 114 669 347 322 Tajpur 170 851 414 437 96 48 48 0 0 0 127 68 59 Bhilji 135 592 286 306 60 31 29 0 0 0 0 0 0 Bapale 173 760 381 379 64 39 25 1 1 0 7 3 4 Chinchoti 285 1060 509 551 93 51 42 1 1 0 1 0 1 Choul 2412 9894 4913 4981 716 358 358 77 41 36 1595 823 772 Deoghar 202 893 461 432 102 52 50 0 0 0 6 4 2 Vave 287 1157 592 565 120 62 58 20 10 10 8 1 7 Mahajane 214 892 459 433 86 49 37 72 39 33 273 127 146 Beloshi 334 1413 723 690 142 85 57 20 9 11 477 241 236 Ghotawade 130 515 259 256 48 21 27 0 0 0 0 0 0

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 AT USAR FOR GAIL Page 69 of 145

Population <7 age Population SC Population ST Population Name No. HH T M F T M F T M F T M F Bagmala 168 634 309 325 47 24 23 0 0 0 13 7 6 Usar 156 639 345 294 56 37 19 3 2 1 15 7 8 Kune 141 568 285 283 48 28 20 0 0 0 55 31 24 Khanav 381 1638 806 832 200 96 104 13 5 8 17 6 11 Dawale 18 73 38 35 7 3 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 Nagaon 1269 4977 2501 2476 337 186 151 122 66 56 18 9 9 Kurdus 434 1676 827 849 138 73 65 50 23 27 216 105 111 Kolghar 178 733 376 357 110 64 46 4 3 1 478 247 231 Sahan 112 505 254 251 50 25 25 23 11 12 106 53 53 Akshi 685 2974 1537 1437 225 108 117 9 3 6 1071 553 518 Kurul 1233 4869 2535 2334 564 298 266 368 178 190 164 84 80 Belkade 174 777 403 374 60 36 24 15 7 8 0 0 0 Dhawar 119 556 275 281 62 28 34 0 0 0 45 25 20 Sagargad 97 364 194 170 59 31 28 0 0 0 325 170 155 Veshvi 589 2376 1200 1176 228 117 111 64 36 28 37 21 16 Varasoli 1498 6065 3068 2997 540 271 269 122 62 60 1447 725 722 Dehenkoni 99 438 220 218 42 22 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 Sogaon 405 1863 925 938 203 100 103 79 40 39 122 59 63 Nehuli 201 823 413 410 98 51 47 4 3 1 4 1 3 Bamanoli 233 923 499 424 88 51 37 23 16 7 0 0 0 Karle 220 964 484 480 86 43 43 36 15 21 15 8 7 Vagholi 191 844 446 398 57 37 20 1 1 0 7 1 6 Kopar 186 805 425 380 79 46 33 0 0 0 31 19 12 Chari 225 928 434 494 88 37 51 9 4 5 0 0 0 Walawali 257 1018 516 502 96 51 45 0 0 0 539 272 267 *As per 2011 census

3.6.2.2 Occupational Structure

Total nos. of workers is 29276. The summary of the occupational structure in the study area is given in the Table 3.15.

Table 3.15: Occupational Structure Name Total Worker Total Worker (Male) Total Worker (Female) Sudkoli 452 296 156 Umate 513 316 197 Talavali 285 149 136 Mahan 628 341 287 Malade 320 156 164 Bhonang 480 245 235 Moronde 194 166 28 Ramraj 754 500 254 Tajpur 441 228 213 Bhilji 370 186 184 Bapale 357 257 100 Chinchoti 570 297 273 Choul 4555 2930 1625 Deoghar 550 312 238 Vave 549 346 203 Mahajane 527 303 224 Beloshi 594 431 163 Ghotawade 243 125 118 Bagmala 359 207 152

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 AT USAR FOR GAIL Page 70 of 145 Name Total Worker Total Worker (Male) Total Worker (Female) Usar 301 197 104 Kune 388 188 200 Khanav 837 479 358 Dawale 22 21 1 Nagaon 2056 1504 552 Kurdus 816 473 343 Kolghar 390 219 171 Sahan 220 149 71 Akshi 1234 941 293 Kurul 1841 1463 378 Belkade 372 242 130 Dhawar 332 170 162 Sagargad 235 122 113 Veshvi 893 709 184 Varasoli 2530 1765 765 Dehenkoni 187 115 72 Sogaon 623 496 127 Nehuli 381 245 136 Bamanoli 434 308 126 Karle 581 308 273 Vagholi 401 262 139 Kopar 273 191 82 Chari 546 281 265 Walawali 642 347 295 *As per 2011 census

3.6.2.3 Literacy

A person aged 7 years and above who can both read and write with understanding any language has been taken as literate. It is not necessary for a person to have received any formal education or passed any minimum educational standard for being treated as literate. The number and the percentage of literates within the study area is as mentioned in Table 3.16, which is 76.66 % for the total study area as the total literate population is 48472 among the total population of 63226.

Table 3.16 Literacy Levels Literates Illiterates Name Total Male Female Total Male Female Sudkoli 609 346 263 346 138 208 Umate 685 389 296 332 138 194 Talavali 335 190 145 166 48 118 Mahan 524 299 225 566 230 336 Malade 394 199 195 106 34 72 Bhonang 593 337 256 209 58 151 Moronde 429 223 206 239 104 135 Ramraj 1012 553 459 624 270 354 Tajpur 653 348 305 198 66 132 Bhilji 447 238 209 145 48 97 Bapale 580 314 266 180 67 113 Chinchoti 767 416 351 293 93 200 Choul 8120 4262 3858 1774 651 1123 Deoghar 687 382 305 206 79 127 Vave 888 504 384 269 88 181

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 AT USAR FOR GAIL Page 71 of 145

Literates Illiterates Name Total Male Female Total Male Female Mahajane 573 321 252 319 138 181 Beloshi 1031 572 459 382 151 231 Ghotawade 390 224 166 125 35 90 Bagmala 510 268 242 124 41 83 Usar 489 287 202 150 58 92 Kune 424 226 198 144 59 85 Khanav 1167 644 523 471 162 309 Dawale 64 34 30 9 4 5 Nagaon 4310 2222 2088 667 279 388 Kurdus 1226 664 562 450 163 287 Kolghar 407 247 160 326 129 197 Sahan 366 197 169 139 57 82 sAkshi 2472 1338 1134 502 199 303 Kurul 3856 2075 1781 1013 460 553 Belkade 672 359 313 105 44 61 Dhawar 440 233 207 116 42 74 Sagargad 136 84 52 228 110 118 Veshvi 1849 999 850 527 201 326 Varasoli 4803 2592 2211 1262 476 786 Dehenkoni 342 183 159 96 37 59 Sogaon 1411 738 673 452 187 265 Nehuli 617 331 286 206 82 124 Bamanoli 721 413 308 202 86 116 Karle 772 415 357 192 69 123 Vagholi 687 382 305 157 64 93 Kopar 607 338 269 198 87 111 Chari 759 383 376 169 51 118 Walawali 648 368 280 370 148 222 *As per 2011 census

3.7 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT Biological Environment surrounding the project site where studied during January- February, 2018. The following subsections describe the baseline data collection with respect to biological environment.

3.7.1 RECONNAISSANCE SURVEY

Prior to undertaking the detailed surveys in the study area, the preliminary assessment of the terrestrial and wetland/shore habitats was made on the basis of visual observations during the reconnaissance survey.

For the reconnaissance, the entire study area was divided into 8 different segments. Visual observations were made in each of the segments. The key features of the visual assessment included:

(i) Location and grid referencing of areas to be extensively studied. (ii) Nature of the area where the development is proposed. (iii) Ecological characteristics of natural community both in terrestrial and shore zones. (iv) Slope, aspects, drainage and other habitat quality parameters. (v) Transient and resident populations of birds and mammals in different seasons of the year. (vi) gross impacts/community perturbations.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 AT USAR FOR GAIL Page 72 of 145 (vii) existing resource uses associated with the area (mining, fisheries, tourism cultivation forestry practices etc.).

The details of areas visited during the reconnaissance survey and their significance as wildlife habitats is provided in Table 3.17.

Table 3.17: Areas of ecological importance identified during the reconnaissance

Segment Areas of ecological Approximate distance Habitat significance importance from the Project site (km)

I Karle khind RF 9.6 * Tinveera checkdam 9.0 * Borpada-Garudpada RF 10.0 Rule-Sagaon RF 8.0 * Sagargadh RF 6.0 *

II Amba river 10.0 Kusumbale PF 9.8 Bherse RF 1.9 *

III Kurdus PF & RF 8.0 Bidwagle RF 7.5

IV Kune PF & RF 2.0 Ghotawade PF 2.0 Malyan PF 2.5 Umte reservoir 8.5 * Bapale PF 5.7 Bhonang PF 6.3 Tajpur PF 9.4

Talvali PF 7.1 Vave PF 3.6 Chinchoti PF 2.3 Ramraj PF 7.5

V Ambepur PF 2.7

VI coast 7.0 Kundalika river Bagmala 7.0 * PF 3.0 Suraipada PF 4.5 Revadanda coast 5.0 * Palepada tidal back water

VII Nagaon PF 4.5

VIII Belkade PF & RF 7.1 Dhavar PF & RF 5.9 Akshi creek 8.0 * Alibag coast 10.0 *

RF- Reserved Forest, PF- Protected Forest (* The significance was determined based on reports and records of occurrence of faunal groups.)

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 AT USAR FOR GAIL Page 73 of 145

One of the primary objectives of the reconnaissance was to evolve a means to determine the boundaries of the study area.

3.7.1.1 De-lineation of the Study Area

In line with the criteria evolved by Turnbull (1992), the study area was evaluated based on the following criteria.

1. Distinctive and unusual land forms. 2. Unusual habitat with a rarity value. 3. Unusual high diversity of biological communities due to a variety of geomorphological features etc. 4. Provision of a habitat for a rare or endangered species. 5. Large area providing a habitat for species that require such extensive areas. 6. Area location in combination with natural features providing a resource in scientific research or education terms.

On the basis of information generated during visual assessment and the evaluation of environmental values of the project area based on the criteria described above, it was possible to gain sufficient justifications to set the limit of the present study within the 10 km radial distance from the project site. Moreover, the area beyond this distance mostly represented human habitation area and agricultural fields with paddy as the main crop.

3.7.1.2 Detailed Field Studies

For recording the detailed information on the ecological/biological parameters within the study area, the area within the 10 km radial distance was further categorised into the following three zones.

Core zone:

This included the area between the project site and the radial distance of 2.5 km. The core zone represents the hub of the major activities and is therefore likely to receive the maximum impacts of the project related activities. Most of the changes in the landscape are also expected to occur in this zone.

Middle zone:

This included the area beyond 2.5 km but well within 5 km of the radial distance from project site. This zone is likely to receive perturbations of secondary nature.

Outer zone:

This included the area beyond 5 km but well within 10 km of the radial distance from the project site. This zone represents the area outside the impacts of project related disturbance. The objective of inclusion of this area in the study has been to ascertain the spatial limits of project related impacts.

Selected areas (Table 3.18) within each of these zones were intensively surveyed to evaluate the existing status of terrestrial wildlife habitats in different patches of Reserved and Protected Forests and the aquatic habitats comprising of maritime zones, coasts, mangroves, creeks, rivers, reservoirs, ponds and lake.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 AT USAR FOR GAIL Page 74 of 145 The parameters that were considered for the evaluation of the status of wildlife habitats in terrestrial habitats and wildlife species include: habitat and sub habitat types, structure and quality of habitat types, habitat size, floral and faunal species richness and rarity.

Table 3.18: Terrestrial and aquatic habitats identified within the different zones of the study area. Zones Forest Habitats Aquatic Habitats

Bherse RF Kune RF & PF Ghotawade PF Malyan PF Core zone Suraipada PF ----

Borpada- Garudpada PF Vave PF Ambepur PF Chinchoti PF Vavande PF Middle Zone Nagaon PF Mangroves in tidal back waters

Karle Khind RF Tinveera reservoir Sagaon RF Umte reservoir Sagargadh PF Amba river Kusumbale RF Kundalika river Bidwagle PF & RF Korlai coast Kurdus PF Revadanda coast Baple PF Nagaon coast Tajpur PF Alibag coast Talvali PF Akshi creek Outer Zone Ramraj RF Village pond (Alibag)

For wetland, notes on features of the water channel, bank zone habitats, adjacent land use, details of floral and faunal communities and substrate quality were made.

Standard methodologies outlined (Hays et al., 1981) were generally adopted for the evaluation of the habitat parameters to evolve site specific methodologies for the assessment of habitat and wildlife status within the specific zones of the study area.

3.7.1.3 DETAILED FIELD STUDY

The study area is located in Alibag Taluka of District Raigad, Maharashtra. Substantial areas under Alibag Forest Division and Roha Sub Division fall in the study area. The topography of the area within 10 km radius of the proposed project site is mostly hilly, rugged and in some places highly precipitous with general slope towards west. The chief hill range in the study area is the Western Ghats running north-south and occupying a major proportion of the area. This range forms the eastern boundary for the Kolaba Forest Division and the proposed project site at Usar. Another rugged belt of hills run along west. In between these two hill ranges, there is an intricate network of numerous and irregular minor hill ranges with spurs and shoot stretches of the Western Ghats in the east. The elevation of these hills range between 40 and 400 m above MSL. All the hill ranges are extensively cut by numerous rivulets and rivers forming many irregular ravines and valleys (Damle, 1973).

The climate of the study area is typical of that on the west coast of India with plentiful and regular rainfall during monsoon, oppressive weather in the hot months and high humidity throughout the area. The average rainfall at Alibag is 2492 mm of which 95% is

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 AT USAR FOR GAIL Page 75 of 145 received from south west monsoon. The mean annual maximum and minimum temperatures at Alibag are 30.30C and 22.70C respectively (Damle, 1973).

The forests in the study area are now confined to steep hills, higher hill slopes and spurs of hills and are much scattered and isolated due to intervening occupied lands. The lower slopes, flatter tops and terraces of these hills are invariably cultivated `Malki lands' and `Inam forests'. With the tracts being very hilly and rugged, all available lands fit or unfit for cultivation are under permanent or intermittent cultivation (Damle, 1973).

The vegetation of the study area is represented by the following major forest types: (1) South Indian Moist Deciduous Forests, (2) Southern Tropical Semi-Evergreen Forests, and (3) Tropical Riparian Fringing Forests (Champion and Seth, 1968). The subtypes of these forests that have been reported to occur in the tracts of the study area are detailed in Table 3.19.

Table 3.19: Forest types represented in the study area

S. No. Sub Group Type/Sub Type Name

1 3B South Indian moist deciduous forests

(a) 3B/C1a Very moist teak forest

(b) 3B/C1b Moist teak forest

(c) 3B/C2 Southern moist mixed deciduous forest

2 2A Southern tropical semi evergreen forest

(d) 2A/C2 West coast semi-evergreen forest

3 4E Tropical riparian fringing forest

(e) 4E/RS1 Riparian fringing forest

4 4B (f) 4B/TR1 Tidal swamp forest & mangrove scrub Source: Damle (1973).

The South Indian moist deciduous forest

This forest type with very moist and moist teak forest sub types occur in Alibag Forest Division and are mostly confined to lower slopes of hills and occasionally extend up to 400 to 450 m depending upon the favourable conditions. Apart from Tectona grandis, this type is characterised by Terminalia alata, T.bellerica, T.paniculata, Gaurga pinnata, Bombax ceiba, Anogeissus latifolia, Albizzia lebbek, Grewia spp., Butea monosperma, Ixora parviflora, Wrightia spp., Bridelia spp., etc. Tree density varies from 0.5 to 0.8/ha. depending upon the biotic influences. The southern moist mixed deciduous forest type is similar to the above types with the exception that the teak is present occasionally (Damle, 1973).

The Southern Tropical Semi Evergreen Forest

This forest type is represented by the West Coast Semi Evergreen Forest type and are found in Alibag Forest Division and Roha Sub Division. Floristics of this type is represented by Syzygium cumuni, Mangifera indica, Terminalia alata, T.paniculata, Diospyros melanoxylon, Ficus glomerata, Mallotus philippinensis etc.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 AT USAR FOR GAIL Page 76 of 145

Tropical Riparian Fringing Forests

This forest type is confined to main river and stream banks and forms narrow strips along Amba and Kundalika rivers. This type is characterised by species such as Ficus glomerata, Syzygium cumini, Pongamia pinnata and Mangifera indica. Tree density ranges from 0.4 to 0.8/ha. depending upon the biotic pressures (Damle, 1973). The study area falls in the west coast of India and on account of this, the landscape has been endowed with the beautiful coast line. Rivers, creeks and networks of numerous river lets and streams drain the area.

3.7.1.4 The Status of Terrestrial Wildlife Habitats

The Table 3.20 in the preceding section provides the details of the forest types that fall in the different zones of the study area. Based on the ecological evaluation of the study area that was made using the criteria discussed earlier, the areas of ecological importance in the three different zones were identified for detailed evaluation (Table 3.20).

RFs in the Karla, Sagargad, Bidwagle and Working Circles of Alibag Forest Division and PFs in Belkade, Dhavar, Garudpada, Vave, Bapale, Chaul, Chinchoti and Bagmala areas (Fig. 4.10) also in Alibag Forest Division were surveyed during the course of the study. 58 species of plants were recorded from these localities. A brief description of the forest types in the different zones of the study area is given below. The PF and RF of Bherse village and the forested area of Kune village fall in the core zone of the study area. In the PF of Bherse village, the Forest Department raised a plantation of Tectona grandis, whereas in the RF a small area (572 ha) of good natural forest still exists. The floral species recorded in this area were Bombax ceiba, Tectona grandis, Mangifera indica, Butea monosperma, Boswelia serrata, Anogeissus latifolia, etc. The shrub cover was dominated by Lantana camara and Carissa congesta. The dominant herb species in this area is Cassia tora. The forest area of Kune village is in a highly degraded form. The RF of Kune village has sparsely grown bushes of Lantana camara, Carissa congesta and Bridelia retusa. Whereas the PF region was under Tectona grandis plantation.

The forest areas of Vave, Ambepur, Bapale, Chinchoti, Bagmala and Chaul fall in the middle zone. These areas have been mainly used by the Forest Department to raise plantations. The two dominant tree species that are raised in these plantations are Acacia auriculiformis and Tectona grandis. The overall ground cover in all these areas is in highly degraded form. The PF and RF areas of Belkade of the outer zone were generally in degraded form as a result of high biotic disturbances. At present, the State Forest Department has planted Acacia auriculiformis in this area. Other naturally occurring species were Mangifera indica, Phoenix sylvestris and Tectona grandis. The shrub layer comprised mainly of Lantana camera and Carissa congesta. The overall ground cover was fairly low. The PFs near Dhavar and Umte villages also located in the outer zone are fairly well stocked and relatively free from biotic pressures. These are generally confined to hillocks. Acacia auriculiformis was the major species. The RF comprised of thickets of Lantana camera and Carissa congesta.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 AT USAR FOR GAIL Page 77 of 145 Table 3.20: Areas of Ecological Significance in the Study Area

Habitat Category Core zone Middle zone Outer zone

Forests Bherse RF Ambepur PF Belkade PF Kune PF and RF Chinchoti PF Dhavar PF Vave PF Karle Khind RF Umte RF

Coast Alibag Revadanda Naogaon Korlai

Creeks - Palepada Mangrove Akshi Creek Alibag Nagaon Palav creek Revadanda Mangrove

Rivers - Amba River Kundalika River

Reservoir Checkdams - Umte reservoir Lakes/pond Tinveera checkdam Alibag

The RF area of Karle Khind (1461 ha), represent the moist mixed deciduous forest type with dominant tree species such as Bombax ceiba, Tectona grandis, Terminalia alata and Ficus benghalensis. The shrub species recorded from this area were Carissa congesta, Lantana camera, Zizyphus mauritiana and Ixora parviflora.

Fauna of the Terrestrial Habitats

The RF’s and PF’s form the only terrestrial habitats in the study area. Nine species of mammalian fauna (Table 3.21) have been reported (secondary sources) from the study area.

Table 3.21: List of mammals reported to occur in the study area

S. No. Common Name Scientific Name

1. Leopard Panthera pardus

2. Striped hyaena Hyaena hyaena

3. Jackal Canis aureus

4. Wild pig Sus scrofa

5. Barking deer Muntiacus muntjak

6. Bonnet macaque Macaca radiata

7. Common langur Presbytis antellus

8. Indian porcupine Hystrix indica

9. Mongoose Herpestes edwardsi

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved Document No. B078-1742-EI-1801 EIA STUDY FOR PDH Rev. No. 1 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT USAR FOR GAIL Page 78 of 145

Species such as leopard, striped hyaena, wild pig, jackal, bonnet macaque and common langur were reported (secondary sources) from RFs of Bherse, Sagargadh and Karle Khind. However during the detailed survey of the study area in the different seasons, the occurrence of all these mammalian species could not be confirmed. Their probable low densities could be responsible for no record of sightings of these animals in the study area. The species that were sighted during the survey included mongoose, macaques and common langur. In addition to the mammalian species, three species of snakes were recorded during the field surveys. These include the common Rat Snake (Ptyus mucosus), Common Cobra (Naja naja) and Checkered Keel Back (Xenochorphis piscator).

The entire study has fairly degraded forests due to heavy biotic pressures on account of cattle grazing, poaching and encroachment for cultivation. The forests in their present degraded status cannot support large number of prey base. A low density of large mammalian species in these forests is therefore understandable.

The only faunal group that was better represented in the study area was the avifauna. The terrestrial habitats in the RF and PF patches in the core zone of the study area even in their degraded form support few bird species. Table 3.22 provides the list of bird species recorded in these habitats.

Table 3.22: Bird species recorded in the Reserved and Protected Forests within the study area.

Sr. No. Common Name Scientific Name

1 Brahmini kite Haliastur indus

2 White backed vulture Gyps bengalensis

3 Crested serpent eagle Spilornis cheela

4 Black winged kite Elanus caeruleus

5 Shikra Accipiter badius

6 Sparrow hawk Accipiter nisus

7 Grey partridge Francolinus pondicerianus

8 Quail Coturnix sp.

9 Grey jungle fowl Gallus sonneratii

10 Blue rock pigeon Columba livia

11 Spotted dove Streptopelia chinensis

12 Little brown dove Streptopelia senegalensis

13 Rose ringed parakeet Psittacula krameri

14 Alexandrine parakeet Psittacula eupatria

15 Cuckoo Cuculus canorus

16 Koel Eudynamys scolopacea

17 Common hawk cuckoo Cuculus varius

18 Crow pheasant Centropus sinensis

19 House swift Apus affinis

20 Green bee-eater Merops orientalis

21 Indian roller Coracius benghalensis

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 Page 79 of 145 AT USAR FOR GAIL

Sr. No. Common Name Scientific Name 22 White breasted kingfisher Halcyon smyrnensis

23 Small blue kingfisher Alcedo atthis

24 Hoopoe Upupa epops

25 Large green barbet Megalaima zeylanica

26 Lesser Golden backed woodpecker Dinopium benghalense

27 Golden oriole Oriolus oriolus

28 Crested lark Galerida sp.

29 Red rumped swallow Hirundo daurica

30 Wire tailed swallow Hirundo smithii

31 Small minivet Pericrocotus cinnamomeus

32 Common Iora Aegithina tiphia

33 Red whiskered bulbul Pycnonotus jacosus

34 Red vented bulbul Pycnonotus cafer

35 Black drongo Dicrurus adsimilis

36 House crow Corvus splendens

37 Jungle crow Corvus macrorhynchos

38 Yellow eyed babbler Chrysomma sinense

39 Jungle babbler Turdoides striatus

40 Indian robin Saxicoloides fulicata

41 Magpie robin Copsychus saularis

42 Fantail flycatcher Rhipidura sp.

43 Rufous backed shrike Lanius schach

44 Yellow wagtail Motacilla flava

45 Pied wagtail Motacilla alba

46 Rosy pastor Sturnus roseus

47 Common myna Acridotheres tristis

48 Purple sunbird Nectarinia asiatica

49 Spotted munia Lonchura punctulata

50 White throated munia Lonchura malabarica

51 House sparrow Passer domesticus

52 Baya Ploceus philippinus

In all, 52 species of birds were recorded from all the three zones of the study area during Pre- monsoon, monsoon and winter seasons. Most of the species were found to be fairly common in the entire area and none of the species recorded have been found to be listed as rare or endangered. The forests, predominantly comprised of young plantations of teak (Tectona grandis), in most part of the study area. Low plant species diversity in the plantation areas and poor ground cover in the degraded patches have been the two significant factors that have contributed in unusually low biological values of these forests.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 Page 80 of 145 AT USAR FOR GAIL

3.7.1.5 Status of Wetland Habitats

The wetland in the study area include:

(i) Arabian sea and maritime zones. (ii) Creeks. (iii) Rivers. (iv) Reservoirs, lakes and ponds.

The 42.47 km2 of Arabian sea on the western limits of the study area starting from north of Alibag to the south of Kundalika river mouth form the largest part of the wetland. The coastal areas of Alibag, Nagaon and Revadanda were intensively surveyed during the different periods of the study.

The coastal fringes were found to be largely barren areas except at few places where coconut plantations have been raised. Stretches of coast near Nagaon have Casuarina plantations raised by the State Forest Department. Other shore features in the coastal regions of the study area were cultivated lands, fishing villages and rocky beaches. Backwaters of Palepada and Akshi and Palav creeks form the tidal swamps and mangrove habitats. The areas are mostly submerged during high tides and comprise of flat topography, soft clayey mud with high water table. The mangrove areas near Talvali, Revadanda and Akshi creeks form extensive stretches of wetland habitat. Avicennia sp. is the only dominant species that is characteristic of these mangrove areas. Amba, on the north east and Kundalika in the south are the two major rivers in the study area.

These together account for 22.10 km2 of the area. As per the earlier information documented in the working plan (Damle, 1973) riparian fringing forests were found confined in narrow strips along Amba and Kundalika rivers. The characteristics species of these fringing forests reported by Damle (1973) are Ficus glomerata, Syzygium cumini, Pongamia pinnata and Mangifera indica. The repeated observation along the banks of Amba and Kundalika river failed to recognise the existence of these tropical riparian fringing forests in any of the stretches within the area.

The rapid expansions of agriculture into the bank areas have been evident during the course of study. Gradual reduction in the riparian fringe forest on account of encroachment for agriculture over the years could have lead to their absence now along these rivers. One major reservoir near Umte village, few check dams, ponds and lakes were the other wetland habitats that were found in the study area.

3.7.1.6 Fauna of the Wetland Habitats

Maritime and mangrove represents the largest area under wetland habitat. Industrial development, agricultural expansion into these areas, fishing and other biotic interferences are some of the regular activities that occur in coastal zones. The coasts also have been attracting large number of tourist from Bombay and other nearby places. The tourist influx has considerably added to the disturbance factors that have been responsible in the degradation of the wetland.

The Amba and Kundalika, the only perennial rivers draining into Arabian sea were expected to have high values ecological significance as riverine habitats for fish and turtle fauna. However, observations and secondary information confirm their unusually low potential to support aquatic fauna. Vikram Ispat and Nippon Dendro are major industrial establishments on the banks of Kundalika and Amba respectively. Excessive use of river for transportation of equipment, machinery and iron ore have polluted these rivers and have also led to loss of the bank vegetation in some stretches.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 Page 81 of 145 AT USAR FOR GAIL

Tinveera checkdam near Alibag and Umte reservoir near the village Umte are the two major water bodies in the northern and southern limits of the study area respectively. Both these reservoirs cater to the demands of the water supply for Alibag, Revadanda and other small villages. Frequently fluctuating reservoir water levels and presence of human habitation in the vicinity have led to the restricted use of these water bodies by the waterfowls. The village pond located on the outskirts of Alibag town is the only water body that has attracted few bird species round the year. Based on the surveys conducted in the different wetland of the study area, fish and avifauna are found to be the only representative of the aquatic communities.

(A) Fishes

The fish fauna in these wetland is represented by the depleted populations of the fishes listed below (Source: Maharashtra State Fisheries Department):

Elasmobranchs, Indian dog shark (Scoliodon laticaudus), Hammerheaded shark, Sting Ray, Bony Fishes, Silver pomphret, Chinese pomphret, Black pomphret, Sheer Fishes,King fish (Scomberomorus commorson, S. gattatus), Perches, Red Snappers, Brown lined Reef Cord, Sciaenids, Dhoma (Johnius dussumieri), Ghol (Portanibea dichanthus), Carangids, Scad, Horse mackarele, Leather skin, Ribbon Fishes, Cat Fishes, Sea cat fish (Arius maculatus), Anchovies, Gold spotted anchovy, Flat Fishes, Sole, Indian Halburt

Fish species such as Bombay duck (Harpodon neherius) and Hilsa (Hilsa ilisha) have also been reported from the study area. The breeding season reported for this species is mid June to September. Effluent released by local industrial units have greatly impacted upon the ecology of this fish. Other than Hilsa minor Carps such as Puntius saranah, Rasbora, etc. have also been reported from the Alibag coast.

(B) Birds

In all thirty species of birds were recorded from the study area (Table 3.23).

Table 3.23: Records of bird species from coastal and fresh water zones of the study area

Sr. No. Common Name Scientific name

1 Little grebe Podiceps ruficollis 2 Little cormorant Phalacrocorax niger 3 Pond heron Ardeola grayii 4 Cattle egret Bubulcus ibis 5 Little egret Egretta garzetta 6 Indian reef heron Egretta gularis 7 Black ibis Pseudibis papillosa 8 Spot billed duck Anas poecilorhyncha 9 Common teal Anas crecca 10 White bellied sea eagle Heliaetus leucogaster 11 Brahmini duck Tadorna ferruginea 12 Coot Fulica atra

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 Page 82 of 145 AT USAR FOR GAIL

Sr. No. Common Name Scientific name 13 Pheasant tailed Jacana Hydrophasianus chirurgus 14 Bronze winged Jacana Metopidius indicus 15 Red wattled lapwing Vanellus indica 16 Yellow wattled lapwing Vanellus malabarica 17 Little ringed plover Charadrius dubius 18 Oyster catcher Haematopus ostralegus 19 Whimbrel Numenius phaeopus 20 Black winged stilt Himantopus himantopus 21 Red shank Tringa totanus 22 Green shank Tringa nebularia 23 Common sandpiper Triga hypoleucos 24 Sand piper Tringa sp. 25 Ruff and Reeve Philomachus pugnax 26 Black headed gull Larus ridibundus 27 Great black headed gull Larus ichthyactur 28 Little tern Sterna albifrons 29 Caspian tern Hydroprogne caspia 30 Tern Sterna sp.

During the study period a total of 15 bird species were recorded from the coastal areas. Some of these include species such as White bellied sea eagle (Heliaetus leucogaster), Brahmini kite (Haliastur indus), Oyster catcher (Haematopus ostralegus), Whimbrel (Numenius phaeopus), Ruff and Reeve (Philomachus pugnax), Black headed gull (Larus ridibundus) and Great black headed gull (Larus ichthyactur).

A total of 13 bird species were recorded from Tinveera check dam. Of these Coot (Fulica atra), Brahmini duck (Tadorna ferruginea), Common teal (Anus crecca) and Common sandpiper (Tringa hypoleucos) were commonly sighted.

Little grebe (Podiceps ruficollis), Brahmini duck (Tadorna ferruginea), Little cormorant (Phalacrocorax niger) and spot billed duck (Anus poechilorhyncha) were recorded from the Umte reservoir.

(C) Other marine and fresh water organisms

The species that were recorded from the village pond near Alibag included Black ibis (Pseudibis papillosa), little egret (Egretta garzetta), Pond heron (Ardeola grayii) and Common sandpiper (Tringa hypoleucos). The information on the occurrence of other marine and freshwater organisms was obtained from secondary sources (Maharashtra State Fisheries Department) only and is given below:

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT Rev. No. 1 Page 83 of 145 AT USAR FOR GAIL

Brackish water

Mullets - Mogil sp., Ravid sp., Syngathus Crabs - Seylla serrata Prawns - Penaeus mergnensis, Metapenaeus monoseros, M. dogsonii, M. affinis Marine species

Prawns - Penaeus mergnensis (adult stages), M.tylifera, Acetes indicus Lobster - Pennulirus Crabs - Portunus sangninolantus, P. pelagicus, Charybdis cruciata Molluscs - Cuttle fish, Squid, Octopus, Bivalves (spp.)

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT USAR Rev. No. 1 FOR GAIL Page 84 of 145

CHAPTER – 4

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT USAR Rev. No. 1 FOR GAIL Page 85 of 145

4.0 IMPACT ASSESSMENT

In this chapter the likely impacts during construction and operation phases are identified. Further, the impacts are assessed and evaluated considering spatial, intensity, temporal and vulnerability scales. An overall assessment in terms of significance value is derived by integrating all scales. Detailed methodology is given in subsequent sections.

4.1 METHODOLOGY

The methodology adopted for assessing the potential positive and negative environmental impacts from the proposed project is described below.

Step 1: Identification of Environmental Impacts

All potential releases (emissions to air, generation of noise, effluent discharge, etc.) from the construction & operation phases of the proposed project have been identified. The potential positive and negative environmental impacts from these releases and other activities of the project have been identified.

Step 2: Environmental Impact Assessment

The Significance (S) of the Environmental Impacts is identified and assessed by the following characteristics:

• Intensity (I) of the environmental impact; • Spatial extension (Sp) of the environmental impact; • Temporal duration (T) of the environmental impact;& • Environmental Vulnerability (V) of the impacted area.

Determination of Impact Intensity (I):

Impact Intensity has been assessed based on the following criteria:

H (High):

• Emissions/generation of highly pollutant substances, emissions/generation of high quantity of pollutant substances and/or high noise emission. • High consumption of resources (such as energy, water, land, fuel, chemicals) • Felling of large number of trees or death of fauna

M (Medium):

• Emissions/generation of moderately pollutant substances, emissions/generation of moderate quantity of pollutant substances and/or moderately high noise emission. • Moderate consumption of resources (such as energy, water, land, fuel, chemicals) • Felling of few trees or physical damage of fauna

L (Low):

• Emissions/generation of low pollutant substances, emissions/generation of low quantity of pollutant substances and/or low noise emission • Low consumption of resources (such as energy, water, land, fuel, chemicals) • Damage to few trees or disturbance/ disorientation of fauna

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT USAR Rev. No. 1 FOR GAIL Page 86 of 145

N (Negligible):

• Emissions/generation of very low pollutant substances, emissions/generation of very low quantity of pollutant substances and/or very low noise emission. • Very low consumption of resources (such as energy, water, land, fuel, chemicals) • No measurable damage to flora/fauna

Determination of Impact Spatial extension (Sp) and Spatial Criteria (Is):

Impact Spatial extension has been assessed based on the following criteria:

• H (High): the impact extends in a wide area outside the site (about 10 km or more) • M (Medium): the impact extends in a restricted area outside the site (< 10 km) • L (Low): the impact extends inside the site. • N (Negligible): the impact extends in a restricted area inside the site.

The product of Impact Intensity and Impact Spatial extension gives the impact evaluation as per spatial criteria (Is).

Table 4.1: Matrix for Evaluating Spatial criteria

Impact evaluation as per Impact Spatial extension (Sp) SPATIAL CRITERIA (Is) HIGH MEDIUM LOW NEGLIGIBLE

HIGH H H H H

MEDIUM H M M M

LOW M L L L Impact Intensity (I) Intensity Impact

NEGLIGIBLE N N N N

Determination of Impact Temporal duration (T) and Temporal Criteria (It)

Impact Temporal Duration has been assessed based on the following criteria:

• H (Very High): the impact has an important long-term effect (> 5 years) • H (High): the impact has an important long-term effect (1-5 years) • M (Medium): the impact has a medium-term effect (1 week – 1 year) • L (Low): the impact has a temporary and short-term effect (1 day – 1 week) • N (Negligible): the impact has an immediate effect and it is solved in a very short time.

The product of Impact Temporal duration and Spatial criteria gives the Impact Evaluations as per Temporal Criteria (It).

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT USAR Rev. No. 1 FOR GAIL Page 87 of 145

Table 4.2: Matrix for Evaluating Temporal criteria

Impact evaluation as per Impact Temporal duration (T) TEMPORAL CRITERIA (It) VERY HIGH HIGH MEDIUM LOW NEGLIGIBLE

HIGH H H H H H

MEDIUM H M M M L

Impact Is LOW M M L L L

NEGLIGIBLE N N N N N

Determination of Environmental Vulnerability (V) and Significance (S)

Environmental Vulnerability has been assessed based on the following criteria:

• H (High): Particular interesting area from the environmental, historical, social point of view. Parks, natural reserves and / or special areas of conservation. Contaminated areas in which a further impact may generate non-compliance with local environmental limits. • M (Medium): Interesting area from the environmental, historical, social point of views. Residential areas with low population density. Agricultural areas, forests, public parks. • L (Low): Industrial and commercial areas.

The product of Vulnerability and Temporal criteria gives the Significance of the impact.

Table 4.3: Matrix for Evaluating Significance

Impact evaluation as per VULNERABILITY VULNERABILITY (V) CRITERIA (SIGNIFICANCE S) HIGH MEDIUM LOW

HIGH H H M

MEDIUM H M M

Impact It LOW M M L

NEGLIGIBLE L N N

The Impact Significance (S) levels obtained from the above-matrix are defined as follows:

• H (High): Causes severe and acute effects to receptors, severe and irreversible deterioration of the quality of environment, and irreversible modification of landscape or of ecological equilibrium. • M (Medium): Causes moderate effects to receptors, reversible deterioration of the quality of environment, and reversible modifications of landscape or ecological equilibrium.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT USAR Rev. No. 1 FOR GAIL Page 88 of 145

• L (Low): Causes limited effects to receptors, quickly reversible deterioration of the quality of environment, and slight and reversible modification of landscape or ecological equilibrium. • N (Negligible): Causes negligible or no effects to receptors, slight and reversible deterioration of quality of the environment, no measurable changes at landscape or ecological level.

The assessment has been carried out for each of the potential environmental impacts during both construction and operation, and has been discussed in this chapter.

4.2 IDENTIFICATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS

The environmental impacts associated with the proposed project on various environmental components such as air, water, noise, soil, flora, fauna, land, socioeconomic, etc. has been identified using Impact Identification Matrix (Table 4.4).

Table 4.4: Impact Identification Matrix

Physical Biological Socio- economic

Activities

Flora Fauna quality quality) Ground / Ground / (quantity / (quantity / Ambient air occupation Infrastructure Livelihood & Ambient noise surface water topography & topography & drainage, soil) Land (land use, Land (land use, CONSTRUCTION PHASE Site preparation * * * * * * Civil works

* * * Heavy equipment operations * Disposal of construction wastes * Generation/disposal of sewerage * * Transportation of materials * * OPERATION PHASE Commissioning of Process units, utilities and offsite * * * Product handling and storage * Emissions &Waste management – Air, liquid and solid waste * * *

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT USAR Rev. No. 1 FOR GAIL Page 89 of 145

4.3 AIR ENVIRONMENT

4.3.1 CONSTRUCTION PHASE

Construction activities are anticipated to take place over a period of at least four years from Zero date of Construction including mechanical completion, Commissioning and production ramp-up leading to 100% capacity utilization.

Potential emissions sources during construction phase include the following: • Site preparation and civil works • Storage and handling of construction material (e,g. sand, cement) at proposed project site. • Movement of vehicles carrying equipment, construction material and project- related personnel

The impacts are described below: • Dust will be generated from earth-moving, grading and civil works, and movement of vehicles on unpaved roads.

• PM, CO, NOx, & SO2 will be generated from operation of diesel sets and diesel engines of machineries and vehicles.

The significance of the impacts of air emissions on ambient air quality during construction phase is summarized in Table 4.5.

Table 4.5: Impact of Air Emissions (Construction Phase)

Factors of Value of Justification assessment assessment Intensity Low Overall quantity of air emission will be of less quantity over a day and Low consumption of power from DG sets. Spatial Low Impact extends inside the proposed site Temporal Low Long term effect as the construction period spans up to 4 years Vulnerability Low Proposed project is located in industrial area Evaluation of factors

Impact(Is) Low By combining intensity and spatial factors as per methodology given in Section 4.1 Impact(It) Low By combining Is and temporal factors as per methodology given in Section 4.1 Overall Low By combining It and Vulnerability factors as per Significance methodology given in Section 4.1 Value of Impact (S)

Mitigation Measures • Ensuring preventive maintenance of vehicles and equipment. • Ensuring vehicles with valid Pollution under Control certificates are used. • Avoiding unnecessary engine operations. • Implementing dust control activities such as water sprinkling on unpaved sites. • Controlled vehicle speed on site • Ensuring vehicle are covered during transportation of material

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT USAR Rev. No. 1 FOR GAIL Page 90 of 145

4.3.2 OPERATION PHASE

EMISSIONS FROM COMBUSTION SOURCES

INDUSTRIAL SOURCE COMPLEX SHORT TERM - 3 (ISCST3) MODEL

The model used in the present study is Industrial Source Complex Version 3, which is a AERMOD Dispersion Modelling Program designed to estimate pollutant concentrations for simple, intermediate, or complex terrain. The Industrial Source Complex Short Term or in brief ISCST model is one of the United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA)'s UNAMAP series of air quality models.

The Industrial Source Complex (ISC3) models are used to predict pollutant concentration from continuous point, area and volume sources. These versatile models are preferred by the USEPA because of many features that enable the user to estimate the concentrations nearly any type of source emitting non-reactive source.

The ISC short-term model for stack uses Steady State Gaussian plume equation for the continuous elevated source. For the cross wind and downwind distances, the model uses either polar or rectangular Cartesian co-ordinates as specified by the user. For wind speed profile, wind power law is used to adjust the observed wind speed to the stack or release height. For computation of plume rise, Briggs plume rise formula is used. The distance dependent momentum plume rise equations are used to determine if the wake region for the building downwash calculations affects the plume. In order to consider the stack tip downwash, modification in stack height is performed using Briggs (1974). The point source dispersion parameters are computed using the Turners (1970) equation that approximately fits the Pasquill-Gifford curves. In order to take in account for the wake effect, plume dispersion theory of Huber (1976) and Snyder (1977) has been used. The buoyancy-induced dispersion has been taken care off using Pasquill method. The vertical term and dry depositions are also taken into account by this model.

Besides the above, for a given land use category (e.g., Auer Land use category), the model can be used for either Urban or Rural dispersion coefficient. The model also calculates the downwash from the nearby building and the fumigation conditions. The terrain variation is also included in form of flat, simple, intermediate and complex terrain. The input requirements for the ISC model short-term computer program consist of four categories of information:

• Hourly meteorological data • Source data • Receptor data • Program control parameters

Meteorological inputs required by the program include hourly estimates of the wind direction, wind speed, ambient air temperature, mixing height, wind profile exponent and vertical temperature gradient. Some of the data required as mentioned above e.g., vertical temperature gradient, wind profile exponent and mixing depths call for a detailed study in itself, which in this case was not possible. Therefore, USEPA approved default values of wind exponents and temperature gradient as available in ISC3 have been used.

In the present study, the micro-meteorological data i.e., wind speed, wind direction, relative humidity and ambient temperature was collected by M/s Pragathi Labs & Consultants Pvt. Ltd., Hyderabad for the period of January-March 2018 was used. The source data i.e. continuous stack emissions from different process units have been furnished by process licensor.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT USAR Rev. No. 1 FOR GAIL Page 91 of 145

The input data requirements for each source include data specific to the source and its type (whether point, area or volume source). The source-input requirements for running the program are the emission height, location, exit velocity, exit temperature and strength. The receptor data can be given either as polar, rectangular Cartesian or discrete ones. The program control includes options regarding pollutant type, dispersion options, averaging time, flag pole receptor and exponential decay etc.

4.3.2.1 Impacts due to releases of SO2 and NOX

The status of SO2 and NOX releases from the proposed Unit are depicted below in Tables 4.6

Table 4.6: Emission summary

Stack Characteristic SO NO Exit 2 x Stack details Height Dia Temp Emission Emission Velocity (m) (m) (oC) (kg/hr) (kg/hr) (m/s) 2 (Gas 16(Gas Reactor Charge Heater 55 1.80 160 10 firing) firing) Air Heater 70 6.0 140-200 10 4 167 Utility Boiler 60 1.3 140 15 2 13

SO2 CONCENTRATION

The isopleths for 24 hourly maximum average is shown in Figure 4.1 and the results are tabulated in Table 4.7.

From the Table 4.7, the resultant SO2 (maximum 24 hr Ground Level Concentration) GLC due to operation of proposed is predicted as 2.75 µg/m3. This GLC is occurring outside plant boundary wall around 1.0 km from boundary in south east direction.

Maximum 98 Percentile Baseline Value (within 10 km radius) is 15.7 µg/m3.By superimposing 3 the same with background SO2 level, the maximum resultant GLC observed are 18.45 µg/m (24 hourly averages) which is well within the standard limits for 24 hourly averages for industrial area i.e. 80 µg/m3.

Table 4.7: Predicted values of GLC for SO2

SO2 (24 hourly maximum) Maximum Location 98thPercentile Resultant Maximum Maximum th from Baseline 98 Percentile Description GLC GLC Co- boundary Value (within Value µg/m3 ordinates (m) (m) 10 km radius) µg/m3 µg/m3 Release of 2.75 4030,4950 Outside 15.7 18.45 emission boundary wall sources (In S-E direction and at ~1.0 km from boundary)

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT USAR Rev. No. 1 FOR GAIL Page 92 of 145

Fig.4.1 Isopleths for GLC- 24 hourly SO2 for proposed project

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT USAR Rev. No. 1 FOR GAIL Page 93 of 145

NOX Concentration

The isopleths for 24 hourly maximum average for NOx is shown in Figure 4.2 and the results are tabulated in Table 4.8. From the Table 4.8, the NOx GLC (maximum 24 hr GLC) due to operation of proposed facilities is predicted as 2.11 µg/m3. This GLC is occurring outside plant boundary wall around 1.0 km from the boundary in south east direction.

Maximum 98 Percentile Baseline Value (within 10 km radius) is 17.8 µg/m3. By superimposing the same with background NOx level, the maximum GLC observed is 19.91 µg/m3 (24 hourly averages) which is well within the standard limits for 24 hourly averages for industrial area i.e. 80 µg/m3.

Table 4.8: Predicted values of GLC for NOX

NOx (24 hourly maximum) Maximum 98th Resultant Percentile Maximum Location from 98th Maximum GLC Baseline Description GLC Co- boundary Percentile µg/m3 Value (within ordinates (m) (m) Value 10 km radius) µg/m3 µg/m3 Release of 2.11 4030,4950 Outside boundary wall 17.8 19.91 emission sources (In S-E direction and at ~1.0 km from boundary)

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT USAR Rev. No. 1 FOR GAIL Page 94 of 145

Fig.4.2 Isopleths for GLC- 24 hourly NOx for proposed project

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT USAR Rev. No. 1 FOR GAIL Page 95 of 145

Summary of Impacts

a. The resultant SO2 with ambient air quality concentration is estimated as 18.45 µg/m3 which is well within the standard limits for 24 hourly average for industrial area i.e. 80 µg/m3.

b. The resultant NOx ambient air quality concentration is estimated as 19.91 µg/m3 which is well within the standard limits for 24 hourly average for industrial area i.e. 80 µg/m3.

The significance of the impacts of air emissions on ambient air quality during operation phase is summarized in Table 4.9.

Table 4.9: Impact of air emissions (operation phase) Factors of Value of Justification assessment assessment Intensity Low Marginal additional emissions due to combustion. Spatial Low Resultant concentration occurring within the plant boundary Temporal Low The addition of pollutants will over a day, but continuous Vulnerability Low Proposed project is located in industrial area Evaluation of factors

Impact(Is) Low By combining intensity and spatial factors as per methodology given in Section 4.1 Impact(It) Low By combining Is and temporal factors as per methodology given in Section 4.1 Overall Significance Low By combining It and Vulnerability factors as Value of Impact(S) per methodology given in Section 4.1

Mitigation measures

• Ensuring preventive maintenance of equipment. • Regular monitoring of air polluting concentrations. • Developing peripheral green belt in the proposed plant premises.

4.4 WATER ENVIRONMENT

4.4.1 CONSTRUCTION PHASE

During construction phase, raw water will be required for the following purposes:

• Civil works ( such as concrete mix preparation, curing etc) • Hydro testing ( of tanks and associated piping) • Domestic use (such as drinking water for workers, washing etc.) • Water sprinkling on site for dust abatement

Water requirement for construction phase will be 100 KLD approximately and will be met from Maharashtra Industrial Development Corporation (MIDC) supply. The significance of the impact of water consumption on local water resources during construction phase is summarized in Table 4.10.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT USAR Rev. No. 1 FOR GAIL Page 96 of 145

Table 4.10: Impact of water consumption (construction phase)

Factors of Value of Justification assessment assessment Intensity Low Water requirement will be limited to 100 KLD in a day. Spatial Low Requirement is limited to a proposed site works only. Temporal Low The impact has a temporary and short term effect i.e. only during construction period Vulnerability Low Proposed project is located in industrial area Evaluation of factors

Impact(Is) Low By combining intensity and spatial factors Impact(It) Low By combining Is and temporal factors Overall Low By combining It and Vulnerability factors Significance Value of Impact(S)

The effluent streams that will be generated regularly during construction stage include the following: x Sewage and grey water from work sites x Cleaning and washing water for vehicle and equipment maintenance area.

During construction, waste materials would contribute to certain amount of water pollution. But these would be for a short duration. All liquid waste will be collected and disposed to identify water impoundment within the construction site. Later at frequent intervals the same shall be disposed through tankers using gully suckers to common waste treatment facility.The significance of the impact of waste water generation during construction phase is summarized in Table 4.11.

Table 4.11: Impact of effluent generation (construction phase)

Factors of Assessment Value of Justification assessment Intensity Low Releases of low quantity Spatial Low Requirement is limited to a proposed site works only. Temporal Low Restricted to construction period Vulnerability Low Proposed project is located in industrial area Evaluation of factors Impact(Is) Low By combining intensity and spatial factors Impact(It) Low By combining Is and temporal factors Overall Significance Low By combining It and Vulnerability factors Value of Impact(S)

Mitigation Measures x Monitoring water usage at work sites to prevent wastage.

4.4.2 OPERATION PHASE

For proposed project treated water requirement is 500 m3/hr. The water required will be sourced from MIDC. Water allocation letter from MIDC for 15.6 MLD water is attached as Annexure-IV.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT USAR Rev. No. 1 FOR GAIL Page 97 of 145

The impact on water environment during the operation phase of the proposed changes shall be in terms of water consumption and waste water generation due to process activities.

The impact of water consumption on local resources during operation phase is summarized in Table 4.12.

Table 4.12: Impact of Water Consumption (Operation Phase)

Factors of Value of Justification assessment assessment Intensity Low Water required is limited to 500 m3/hr Water will be used for proposed project at Spatial Low Usar site only.

Temporal High Requirement of water will be continuous.

Vulnerability Low Designated Industrial area Evaluation of factors

Impact(Is) Low By combining intensity and spatial factors

Impact(It) Medium By combining Is and temporal factors

Overall Significance Medium By combining I and Vulnerability factors Value of Impact (S) t

There shall be 15 m3/hr of liquid effluent generation from proposed plant. The proposed unit is a Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) process plant during normal operation. The impact of effluent generation during operation phase is summarized in Table 4.13.

Table 4.13: Impact of Effluent Generation (Operation Phase)

Factors of Value of Justification assessment assessment Intensity Low No liquid effluent will be discharged. Spatial Low The impact will be limited within plant boundary. Temporal Low Effluent generated will be suitably treated and reused. Vulnerability Low Zero liquid discharge concept to be adopted. Evaluation of factors Impact(Is) Low By combining intensity and spatial factors

Impact(It) Low By combining Is and temporal factors

Overall Significance Low By combining It and Vulnerability factors Value of Impact (S)

Mitigation Measures • Tracking of treated water consumption through water meters. • Installation of rainwater harvesting structures. • Maximum Utilization of Treated Water. • Zero liquid discharge concept to be adopted.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT USAR Rev. No. 1 FOR GAIL Page 98 of 145

4.5 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

4.5.1 CONSTRUCTION PHASE

During construction phase, civil works such as trenching, foundation casting, steel work, infrastructure construction, mechanical works such as static equipment and rotating machinery installation, building up of piping network, provision of piping supports, and tying up of new facilities with the existing systems etc. are likely to affect the ambient noise level. Also, the movement of heavy motor vehicles carrying construction material, pipes and equipment, loading and unloading activities, and movement of light passenger vehicles conveying construction personnel are likely to affect the ambient noise level, However, these effects are for a short term and of temporary in nature.

Construction noise levels associated with typical machinery based on “BS 5228: 1997 Noise and Vibration Control on Construction and Operation Sites” are summarized in the Table 4.14.

Table 4.14: Sound Pressure (noise) levels of Construction Machinery

Item Description Noise Level dB(A) Reference Distance Earth Movers Front Loaders 72-84 0.9 m Backhoes 72-93 " Tractors 72-96 " Scrapers, Graders 80-93 " Pavers 86-88 " Trucks 82-94 " Material Handlers Concrete Mixers 75-88 0.9 m Concrete Pumps 81-83 " Cranes (movable) 75-86 " Cranes (derrick) 86-88 ' Item Description Noise Level dB(A) Reference Distance Stationary Equipment Pumps 69-71 0.9 m Generators 71-82 " Compressors 74-86 "

The impact of noise emissions on ambient noise levels are summarized in Table 4.15.

Table 4.15: Impact on Ambient Noise (Construction Phase)

Factors of Value of Justification assessment assessment Intensity Low All equipment will be purchased that conforms to standard limits for noise. Spatial Low Impact extends inside site Temporal Low Noise emission is not continuous, occurs only any machinery or DG is operated Vulnerability Low Proposed project is located in industrial area Evaluation of factors

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT USAR Rev. No. 1 FOR GAIL Page 99 of 145

Factors of Value of Justification assessment assessment

Impact(Is) Low By combining intensity and spatial factors Impact(It) Low By combining Is and temporal factors Overall Significance Low By combining It and Value of Impact (S) Vulnerability factors

Mitigation Measures

. Ensuring preventive maintenance of equipments and vehicles. . Avoiding unnecessary engine operations (e.g. equipments with intermitted use switched off when not working). . Ensuring DG sets are provided with acoustic enclosures and exhaust mufflers.

4.5.2 OPERATION PHASE

During operational phase of the proposed project, the noise shall be caused due to various rotating equipment viz. Pumps, Compressors & Mixers, etc. The Table 4.14 gives the listing of various noise generating sources along with their design noise level considered.The impact of these noise emissions during operation is summarized in Table 4.16.

Table 4.16: Impact on ambient noise (operation phase)

Factors of Value of Justification assessment assessment Release of low quantity as all the noise generating equipments will be provided with Intensity Low enclosures / noise absorbing materials as per present practice. Spatial Low The impact extends inside the site. Some of the Noise emissions will be Temporal Low intermittent and others continuous. Vulnerability Low Proposed project is located in industrial area Evaluation of factors

Impact(Is) Low By combining intensity and spatial factors Impact(It) Low By combining Is and temporal factors Overall Significance Value Low By combining It and Vulnerability factors of Impact (S)

Mitigation Measures

• Avoiding continuous (more than 8 hrs) exposure of workers to high noise areas. • Provision of ear muffs at the high noise areas • Ensuring preventive maintenance of equipment.

4.6 LAND ENVIRONMENT

The proposed project will be set up in existing plant boundary and land owned by GAIL.

4.6.1 CONSTRUCTION PHASE

The impact on land environment during construction phase shall be due to generation of debris/construction material, which shall be properly collected and disposed off.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT USAR Rev. No. 1 FOR GAIL Page 100 of 145

During construction, there will be no routine discharge or activity potentially impacting soils and groundwater.

The impact on land use and topography during construction phase is summarized in Table 4.17.

Table 4.17: Impact on Land Use & Topography (Construction Phase)

Factors of Value of Justification assessment assessment Intensity Low Solid waste generated during the construction period shall be of low quantity as the scrapes and reusable materials are sold out and other waste are disposed off suitably. Spatial Low The impact extends inside the site. Temporal Low The impact will be limited to 48 months. Vulnerability Low Proposed project is located in industrial area Evaluation of factors

Impact(Is) Low By combining intensity and spatial factors Impact(It) Low By combining Is and temporal factors Overall Low By combining It and Vulnerability factors Significance Value of Impact (S)

There is potential for impact on soil quality due to project-related spills and leaks of fuel and chemicals and uncontrolled disposal of wastes and wastewater. Care will be taken to avoid spills and leaks of hazardous substances and all project-related wastes. Littering of sites and areas beyond the site will be controlled.

The impact on soil quality during construction phase is summarized in Table 4.18.

Table 4.18: Impact on soil quality (construction phase)

Factors of assessment Value of Justification assessment Intensity Low Releases of low quantity Spatial Low The impact extends inside the site. Temporal Low The impact will be limited to 48 months. Vulnerability Low Proposed project is located in industrial area Evaluation of factors

Impact(Is) Low By combining intensity and spatial factors Impact(It) Low By combining Is and temporal factors Overall Significance Low By combining It and Vulnerability factors Value of Impact (S)

Mitigation Measures

• Restricting all construction activities inside the project boundary. • Ensuring the top soil is not contaminated with any type of spills. • Ensuring any material resulting from clearing and grading should not be deposited on approach roads, streams or ditches, which may hinder the passage and/or natural water drainage.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT USAR Rev. No. 1 FOR GAIL Page 101 of 145

• Developing project specific waste management plan and hazardous material handling plan for the construction phase.

4.6.2 OPERATION PHASE

• Spent Catalyst after every 4 years will be generated.

The impacts on soil quality during operation phase are summarized in Table 4.19.

Table 4.19: Impact on soil quality (operation phase) Factors of Value of Justification assessment assessment Intensity Low Releases of low quantity Spatial Low Wastes collected and stored properly inside the complex till sending to authorized recyclers or landfill agency Temporal Low The impact has a short term effect as the Spent catalysts are sent out every 4 years back to manufacturer Vulnerability Low Proposed project is located in industrial area Evaluation of factors Impact(Is) Low By combining intensity and spatial factors Impact(It) Low By combining Is and temporal factors Overall Low By combining It and Vulnerability factors Significance Value of Impact (S)

Mitigation Measures

• Spent catalyst will be sent to authorize recyclers. • Other solid waste shall be sent to authorized landfill facilities.

4.7 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

4.7.1 Construction phase

Impact Evaluation

The proposed facilities are to be developed in the land owned by GAIL. The project site does not harbor any fauna of importance. Therefore, the impact of construction activities on fauna will be insignificant.The impacts on flora and fauna during construction phase are summarized in Table 4.20.

Table 4.20: Impact on Biological Environment (construction phase)

Factors of Value of Justification assessment assessment Intensity No major clearing of vegetation will be Low carried out Spatial Low Activity is limited to proposed project site. Temporal Low Activity is limited to 48 months. Vulnerability Proposed project is located in industrial Low area Evaluation of factors Impact(Is) Low By combining intensity and spatial factors Impact(It) Low By combining Is and temporal factors

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT USAR Rev. No. 1 FOR GAIL Page 102 of 145

Factors of Value of Justification assessment assessment Overall Significance Value Low By combining It and Vulnerability factors of Impact (S)

Mitigation Measures:

• Closing of trenches as soon as possible of construction. • Prevent littering of work sites with wastes, especially plastic and hazardous waste. • Training of drivers to maintain speed limits.

4.7.2 Operation phase

Impact Evaluation

The impacts due to proposed project activities during operation phase shall be limited. Impacts on Flora & Fauna during operation phase are summarized in Table 4.21.

Table 4.21: Impact on Biological Environment (operation phase)

Factors of Value of Justification assessment assessment Intensity Low No additional emissions Spatial Low Product transport is mainly through road transport Temporal Low No additional emissions Vulnerability Low Industrial area Evaluation of factors Impact(Is) Low By combining intensity and spatial factors Impact(It) Low By combining Is and temporal factors Overall Significance Low By combining It and Vulnerability factors Value of Impact (S)

Mitigation measures • Development of 106 acres of greenbelt area. • Plant trees during operation phase as per greenbelt development plan. • Proper maintenance of green belt developed which provides food and habitat for local macro and micro fauna. • Survival rate of the planted trees should be closely monitored.

4.8 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

4.8.1 CONSTRUCTION PHASE

The issues need to be addressed during the construction phase of the project include the effect of employment generation and additional transport requirements on local infrastructural facilities. These are only short term impacts lasting during the construction phase of the project.

4.8.1.1 Employment Generation

The construction phase is expected to span for about four years. During this phase, the major socio-economic impact will be in the sphere of generation of temporary employment of very substantial number of personnel. Based upon the information on the construction of other similar plants, it can be observed that the number of personnel

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT USAR Rev. No. 1 FOR GAIL Page 103 of 145

needed for the proposed project during the construction phase, average temporary manpower requirement is 2500 people for the first two years and subsequently for next two years 1500 people shall be required.

4.8.1.2 Effect on Transport

Transport requirements will arise during the construction phase due to the movement of both the personnel and materials. The site is well connected to direct road and rail network.

(a) Transport of Personnel

Transport of the managerial personnel is likely to increase the vehicular traffic on the roads connecting the proposed site to the city. The incremental traffic for the additional people would be about 100 cars.

(b) Transport of construction materials

The transport of construction materials to the project site will result in increased traffic in the impact area. The constructions of capital intensive structures such as reactors and columns require iron and steel, heavy construction equipment and other construction materials. They will have to be transported to the site using trucks. Roughly, on an average of approximately 20 trucks per day will be needed for transporting the construction materials.

(c) Effect on local traffic

The incremental daily traffic during construction phase works out to be about 100 cars and 10 buses per day.

4.8.1.3 Effect on Other Local Infrastructure

The majority of skilled and unskilled labourers are available in the impact area itself, the incremental effect on housing during the construction phase will be minimal. But, during the working hours of the day, the demand for food, water, sanitation and health facilities at the construction site will go up.

Though the truck drivers appear to form a floating population, there will be a general flow of this group throughout the duration of the construction phase. There will be an impact on basic necessities like shelter, food, water, sanitation and medical facilities for the truck drivers. The impact of construction activities on socio-economic environment during construction phase is summarized in Table 4.22.

Table 4.22: Impact on Socio-Economic Environment (construction phase) Factors of assessment Value of Justification assessment Intensity Low Involvement of labour, infrastructure and other utilities in a phased manner. Also it is considered as a positive impact in terms of employment generation Spatial Low Impact extends in a restricted area outside the boundary (< 1 km). Also this is a positive impact in terms of employment generation. Temporal Low The impact has an medium term effect (1week – 4 year). Also this is a positive

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT USAR Rev. No. 1 FOR GAIL Page 104 of 145

Factors of assessment Value of Justification assessment impact in terms of employment generation Vulnerability Low Positive impact in terms of employment generation Evaluation of factors Impact(Is) Low By combining intensity and spatial factors Impact(It) Low By combining Is and temporal factors Overall Significance Low By combining It and Vulnerability Value of Impact(S) factors

Mitigation Measures

• Conducting awareness programmes for workers. • Monitoring speed and route of project-related vehicles • Determining safe, legal load limits of all bridges and roads that will be used by heavy vehicles and machinery. • Determining allowable traffic patterns in the affected area throughout the work week will be made based on community use, include a consideration of the large turning requirements of certain vehicles/machineries that might increase congestion and traffic hazards. • Consolidating deliveries of materials and personnel to project sites, whenever feasible, to minimize flow of traffic. • Minimizing interruption of access to community for use of public infrastructure • Providing prior notice to affected parties when their access will be blocked, even temporarily. • Preventing use of drugs and alcohol in project-sites • Preventing possession of firearms by project-personnel, except those responsible for security.

4.8.2 OPERATIONAL PHASE

Operational phase of the plant covers the entire life span of the plant. Hence the impacts of the operational phase extend over a long period of time. These impacts include employment generation, effects on transport and other basic infrastructure.

Employment Scenario

Employment for 230 employees directly and another 100 for additional contract employees for regular maintenance is envisaged during the operation phase.

Effect on Transport

Transport requirements will arise (marginal) due to the movement of both the personnel and materials.

(a) Transport of Personnel

There shall be increase in additional load on traffic due to transport of personnel.

(b) Transport due to movement of materials/products

The products will be transported through road.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT USAR Rev. No. 1 FOR GAIL Page 105 of 145

(c) Effect on local traffic

The incremental traffic during the operational phase works out to be about 150 cars, 300 two wheelers, light commercial vehicles, buses etc. The impact of these activities on socio-economic environment during operation phase is summarized in Table 4.23.

Table 4.23: Impact on Socio-Economic Environment (Operation Phase)

Factors of Value of Justification assessment assessment Intensity Low Involvement of labour, infrastructure and other utilities in marginal quantities/Nos. Spatial Low Impact extends in a restricted area outside the site Temporal Low The impact has a positive effect Vulnerability Low Positive impact in terms of employment generation Evaluation of factors

Impact(Is) Low By combining intensity and spatial factors Impact(It) Low By combining Is and temporal factors Overall Low By combining It and Vulnerability factors Significance Value of Impact (S)

Mitigation Measures

o Monitoring speed and route of project-related vehicles. o Employment opportunity may be provided to local people during operation phase considering their skills and abilities as per procedures & practices adopted by company. o The facilities like education, medical, transportation, sanitation need to be strengthened under social welfare activity or CSR Program.

4.9 SUMMARY OF IMPACTS:

Based on the above evaluation the significance value of impact on various components of environment during construction and operation phases is summarized and is given in Table 4.24.

Table 4.24: Summary of Impact Evaluation in terms of Significance Value

Environmental component Construction Operation Air Low Low Water Consumption of Raw Water Low Medium Generation of Effluent Low Low Land Land use & Topography Low - Soil Quality Low Low Noise Low Low Biological Low Low Socio-Economic Low Low

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. 105 EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT Rev. No. 1 USAR FOR GAIL Page 105 of 145

CHAPTER – 5

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 106 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT Rev. No. 1 USAR FOR GAIL Page 106 of 145

5.0 INTRODUCTION

Regular monitoring of environmental parameters is of immense importance to assess the status of environment during project operations. With the knowledge of baseline conditions, the monitoring programmed will serve as an indicator for any deterioration in environmental conditions due to operation of the project, to enable taking up suitable mitigation steps in time to safeguard the environment. Monitoring is as important as that of pollution since the efficiency of control measures can only be determined by monitoring.

Usually, as in the case of the study, an impact assessment study is carried out over short period of time and the data cannot bring out all variations induced by the natural or human activities. Therefore, regular monitoring programme of the environmental parameters is essential to take into account the changes in the environmental quality.

5.1 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING AND REPORTING PROCEDURE

Development of the programme during the planning process shall be conducted or supported by environmental specialists. However, the implementation responsibility rests with working managers of GAIL, who should, therefore, ensure they fully understand and subscribe to the commitments being made. These commitments will include the legal and statutory controls imposed on the operation as well as other corporate commitment to responsible environment management.

GAIL had already an Engineering Group to review the effectiveness of environment management system during construction and operational phase of existing and proposed project expansion. The Environmental Monitoring Cell (EMC) is a part of Engineering Group who works for monitoring and meet regularly to review the effectiveness of the EMP implementation. The data collected on various EMP measures would be reviewed by EMC and if needed corrective action will be formulated for implementation. The typical organogram of GAIL EMC is given below in Figure 5.1 and Fire & Safety organogram of existing plant at USAR is given in Figure 5.2.

Monitoring shall confirm that commitments are being met. This may take the form of direct measurement and recording of quantitative information, such as amounts and concentrations of discharges, emissions and wastes, for measurement against corporate or statutory standards, consent limits or targets. It may also require measurement of ambient environmental quality in the vicinity of a site using ecological / biological, physical and chemical indicators. Monitoring may include socio-economic interaction, through local liaison activities or even assessment of complaints.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 107 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT Rev. No. 1 USAR FOR GAIL Page 107 of 145

Plant In- charge/Head

Maintenance Operations Manager (Material Environment Co-Ordinator Co-Ordinator Receipt & Dispatch) Engineer

Excise Officer

Figure 5.1 HSE Organogram (Typical)

Figure 5.2 Fire & Safety organogram of existing plant at USAR

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 108 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT Rev. No. 1 USAR FOR GAIL Page 108 of 145

5.2 OBJECTIVES OF MONITORING

To ensure the effective implementation of the proposed mitigation measures, the broadobjectives of monitoring plan are:

• To evaluate the performance of mitigation measures proposed in the environmental monitoring programme. • To evaluate the adequacy of Environmental Impact Assessment • To suggest improvements in management plan, if required • To enhance environmental quality. • To undertake compliance monitoring of the proposed project operation and evaluation of mitigative measure.

5.3 CONSTRUCTION PHASE

Chapter 4 describes the impacts and mitigation measures envisaged during construction phase vis-à-vis the environmental components which are likely to get impacted in case mitigation measures are not adequately followed. In view of the same the environmental components / indicators which are to be monitored during construction phase are air, water, noise levels and soil. Due to limited construction activities, the environmental monitoring programme shall be accordingly arranged.

The environmental monitoring programme during construction phase is presented in Table 5.1. The implementation of monitoring will be contractor’s responsibility and the supervision will be done by GAIL.

Table 5.1 Environmental Monitoring Programme– Construction Phase (4 years)

No. of Samples / year Comp (Locations X Parameters Location / Frequency of Monitoring onent Monitoring Frequency) At two locations, one at project site and SO , NO , another is at plant boundary. Twice in a Air 2 x 4 x 3 PM10&PM2.5 season (except monsoon) per year for 2 years One surface water in the project site per Surface Water: season. CPCB surface

Water water criteria; 3 x 3 Two Ground Water: One Up-gradient and Ground Water: One Down-gradient of project site per IS:10500 season. At two locations, one at project site and Noise Levels another is at plant boundary. Once in a Noise 2 x 3 Leq (A) season (except monsoon) per year for 2 years As per At one location, in the project site. Twice Soil standard 1 x 2 in a year. practice Note: Construction period is 4 years

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 109 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT Rev. No. 1 USAR FOR GAIL Page 109 of 145

5.4 OPERATION PHASE

The components / indicators of different environmental monitoring program are as under.

5.4.1 Monitoring For Pollutants

As stated under Chapter 4, the environmental stresses from pollutants are marginal. Often the range of impact is limited to the plant and in its immediate vicinity, the monitoring schedule is evolved accordingly.

5.4.1.1 Work zone noise levels

GAIL will monitor the noise levels inside and around the plant on a quarterly basis. Extensive survey will be done in occupied areas near the sources of noise. Monitoring will be done in twelve places on site (Table 5.2). GAIL will keep a record of noise levels and take necessary organizational actions like rotation of workmen, availability and use of personal protective devices, damage to enclosures or insulation layers over enclosures and piping.

Table 5.2 Noise Level to be monitored

Description Nos. of Locations Monitoring Frequency Work zone Eight hours per shift continuous to cover all 12 X 3 (shifts) per Noise shift of operation once in a quarter for all the quarter = 36 x 4 samples twelve selected locations. per year *Noise Level in Leq (A)

5.4.1.2 Stack gas monitoring

The flue gas coming out from the stacks will be sampled and monitored for SO2, NOx, CO and PM. Monitoring of the flue gases will be done once a month or as prescribed by the Maharashtra Pollution Control Board (MPCB). There will be one stack inside the plant thus number of sampling / analysis per year will be 12.

5.4.2 Meteorology The temperature, wind speed, wind direction, cloud cover, and rainfall shall be monitored and recorded daily. These data shall be used for detailed short term and long term predictions of atmospheric dispersion of the pollutants released from the stack.

5.4.3 Ambient Air Quality

It is necessary to monitor the air quality at the boundary of the plant specifically with respect to SO2 and NOx. The equipment at the continuous monitoring stations will have facilities to monitor PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NOx. In addition Ambient Air Quality measurement for manually monitoring of the parameters in the plant and in the surrounding villages is required. The AAQ in villages will be monitored once in each month during the entire year except monsoon season.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 110 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT Rev. No. 1 USAR FOR GAIL Page 110 of 145

After the implementation of the proposed project the ambient air shall be regularly monitored as given in Table 5.3 or as per the directives given by CPCB / MPCB from time to time.

Table 5.3 Ambient air to be monitored

Sl Description Number of Monitoring Frequency No AAQ Stations 1. Ambient Air Quality 3 Once in each month - 24 hr continuous (except monsoon) for PM 2.5, PM10, SO2 & NOx Continuous * Parameters = PM2.5, PM10, SO2 and NOX

5.4.4 Waste Water from Project Site

The proposed unit is a Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) process plant during normal operation. The water from blow-down of boiler and cooling tower will be treated through reverse osmosis and recycled.

5.4.5 Ambient Noise

Ambient noise shall be monitored at two locations in villages surrounding the plant, twice in each season.

5.4.6 Ground Water Monitoring

Ground water shall be sampled from wells / hand-pumps / tube-wells, up gradient and down gradient of the plant area and the residential area to check for possible contamination and to ascertain the trend of variation in the water quality, if any. In case any adverse trend is noticed, immediate remedial measures shall be taken. A total of four samples shall be monitored once in each month for the critical parameters.

5.4.7 Soil Quality Monitoring

Soil samples from two locations in the project site shall be analysed twice a year.

5.4.8 Solid/Hazardous Waste Disposal

Hazardous waste generated from the plant will be disposed to common Hazardous Waste Treatment, Storage & Disposal Facility (TSDF) as per applicable stipulations of statutory authorities. Periodic surveillance monitoring will be conducted to ensure that the wastes are disposed in the manner as specified.

5.4.9 Green Belt Development

33% of the total area will be covered under green belt. Further details are given in Environmental management plan.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 111 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT Rev. No. 1 USAR FOR GAIL Page 111 of 145

5.4.10 Socio-Economic Development

The proposed project will improve the infra-structure & socio-economic conditions thus will enhance the overall development of the region. The communities, which are benefited by the plant, are thus one of the key stakeholders. It is suggested that the plant management under Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER) plan will have structured interactions with the community to disseminate the measures planned / taken by GAIL and also to elicit suggestions from stake-holders for overall improvement for the development of the area.

5.5 SUBMISSION OF MONITORING REPORTS TO MoEFCC As per the requirements, the status of environmental clearance stipulation implementation will be submitted to MoEFCC in hard and soft copy on 1stDecember and 1stJune of every calendar year. These reports will be put up on MoEFCC web site as per their procedure and will be updated every six months. The pollutants will be monitored on monthly basis and reports will be submitted to MPCB and CPCB respectively, as per the requirements.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

EIA STUDY FOR PDH Document No. UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT USAR B078-1742-EI-1801 FOR GAIL Rev. No. 1 Page 112 of 145

CHAPTER – 6

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

EIA STUDY FOR PDH Document No. UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT USAR B078-1742-EI-1801 FOR GAIL Rev. No. 1 Page 113 of 145

6.1 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT

Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is planning and implementation of various pollution abatement measures for any proposed project. The EMP lists out all these measures not only for the operational phase of the plant but also for the construction phase and planning phase. The EMP is prepared keeping in view all possible strategies oriented towards the impact minimisation.

The EMP for the proposed project is divided into two phases i.e. Construction and Operational phase. The planning phase lists out the control strategies to be adopted during the design considerations. The construction and operational phase details the control/abatement measures to be adopted during these phases.

6.1.1 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT AT PLANNING PHASE

Design Considerations

Government of India has made many legislations/rules for the protection and improvement of environment in India. Various environmental legislations/rules applicable to the proposed project facilities are given in Table 6.1.

Table 6.1 Indian Environmental Legislation/Rules

Legal Instrument Relevant articles/provisions The Environment (Protection) Section 7: Not to allow emission or discharge of Act, 1986, amended up to environmental pollutants in excess of prescribed standards 1991 Section 8: Handling of Hazardous substances Section 10: Power of entry and inspection Section 11: Power to take samples Section 15 – 19: Penalties and procedures Environment (Protection) Rule 3: Standards for emissions or discharge of Rules, 1986 (Amendments in environmental pollutants 1999, 2001, 2002, 2002, 2003, Rule 5: Prohibition and restriction on the location of 2004, March 2008 ) industries and the carrying on process and operations in different areas Rule 13: Prohibition and restriction on the handling of hazardous substances in different areas Rule 14: Submission of environmental statement The Air (Prevention and Section 21: Consent from State Boards Control of Pollution) Act 1981, Section 37: Penalties and Procedures as amended upto 1987. MoEF notification dated National Ambient air quality standards November 18, 2009 vide circular no G.S.R 186(E) for ambient air quality The Water (Prevention and Section 3: Levy and Collection of Cess Control of Pollution) Act, 1974, Section 24: Prohibition on disposal as amended upto 2003. Section 25: Restriction on New Outlet and New Discharge

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

EIA STUDY FOR PDH Document No. UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT USAR B078-1742-EI-1801 FOR GAIL Rev. No. 1 Page 114 of 145

Legal Instrument Relevant articles/provisions

Section 26: Provision regarding existing discharge of sewage or trade effluent EIA Notification 2006 and Requirements and procedure for seeking environmental subsequent amendments clearance of projects Noise Pollution (Regulation Ambient noise standards and requirements of DG sets and Control) Rules, 2000, amended up to 2010. Manufacture storage and Rule 4: Responsibility of operator import of hazardous chemicals rules 1989 amended 2000 MoEF notification dated March Section 8: Responsibility of waste generator 18, 2016 vide circular no G.S.R 320(E) for Plastic Waste (Management and Handling) Rules MoEF notification dated March Section 5: Responsibility of producer 23, 2016 vide circular no G.S.R 338(E) for e-waste (Management) Rules MoEF notification dated April Section 4: Responsibilities of the occupier for management 4, 2016 vide circular no G.S.R of hazardous and other wastes 338(E) for Hazardous and Section 6: Grant of authorisation for managing hazardous Other Wastes (Management and other wastes and Transboundary Section 8: Storage of hazardous and other wastes Movement) Rules, 2016 Section 9: Utilisation of hazardous and other wastes MoEF notification dated April Section 4: Duties of waste generators 8, 2016 vide circular no G.S.R 1357(E) for Solid Waste Management Rules, 2016Solid Waste Management Rules, 2016

Proposed project shall be designed taking into account the above-referred legislations/rules and as per the directives of Environmental Clearance documents. Besides this the proposed effluent and emission standards will also be compiled for this Project.

During the design stage, all piping and instrumentation diagrams and plant layout shall be reviewed as a part of HAZOP/HAZAN studies to assess the risks involved.

The mitigation measures for the potential negative impacts anticipated from the proposed project and environmental monitored schedule are described in this chapter.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

EIA STUDY FOR PDH Document No. UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT USAR B078-1742-EI-1801 FOR GAIL Rev. No. 1 Page 115 of 145

6.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE

The overall impact of the pollution on the environment during construction phase is localized in nature, reversible and is for a short period. Various measures planned for management of various components of environment are given in subsequent sections.

6.2.1 Air Environment

Construction phase (Impact significance: Low) • Preventive maintenance of vehicles and equipment. • Vehicles with valid Pollution under Control certificates to be used. • Unnecessary engine operations to be minimized. • Implementing dust control activities such as water sprinkling on unpaved sites. • Controlled vehicle speed on site. • Vehicle to be covered during transportation of material • Providing dust collection equipment at all possible points • Following care would be taken for management of air quality during construction phase

- The storage and handling of soil, sub-soil, topsoil and materials will be carefully managed to minimize the risk of wind blow down material and dust - There will be no on-site burning of any waste arising from any construction activity. - Dust masks should be provided to construction workers, while carrying out operations that may entails potential for dust generation.

6.2.2 Water environment

Construction phase (Impact significance: Consumption of water - Low) • Sewage and grey water from construction camps and work sites. • Cleaning and washing water for vehicle and equipment maintenance area. • During construction phase, used construction water is the only effluent generated due to construction activities and most of the effluent generated will be so small that it will either get percolated to ground or get evaporated.

Construction phase (Impact significance: Generation of effluent - Low)

• Monitoring water usage at construction camps to prevent wastage. • Ensuring there are no chemical or fuel spills at water body crossings. • Marginal additional sanitary water will be routed to new STP. • Usage of existing toilets for construction staff.

Rainwater Harvesting

Considering the climatic conditions and the scarce surface as well as groundwater availability in the region, state of the art rain water harvesting system is strongly recommended in the proposed project. The run-off from the most of the paved surfaces could be routed through a suitably designed storm water drainage system and collected in storm water collection sump. For augmenting the ground water resources in the proposed plant premises, number of rainwater harvesting wells could be constructed with internal drains where excess rain water flowing in drain could be diverted to rain water storage sumps for reuse.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

EIA STUDY FOR PDH Document No. UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT USAR B078-1742-EI-1801 FOR GAIL Rev. No. 1 Page 116 of 145

To facilitate water harvesting, collection and storage of rainwater, the rain water storage system needs to be located at an appropriate location on the site keeping in view the slope contours and collection point. Provision should also be made for temporary collection of storm water and routing it to the water harvesting structures to recharge the ground water table. The designing of the system depends on various factors and needs to be undertaken during detailed engineering design of the project. The existing practice of rainwater storage by local villagers in the region may be studied for its implementation. Guidance from Central Ground Water Board (CGWB) could be taken for finalization of appropriate rain water harvesting technology. However, it must be ensured that these wells will be utilized only during monsoon and no wastewater should find way to these wells during operation phase of the refinery cum petrochemical complex.

6.2.3 Land environment

Construction phase (Impact significance: Land use & topography - Low, Soil quality - Low)

• Sufficient protective measures shall be adopted to avoid soil erosion during construction in the rainy season. • Restricting all construction activities to the maximum possible extent inside the project boundary. • The top-soil soil stock pile is not contaminated with any type of spills. • Any material resulting from clearing and grading should not be deposited on approach roads, streams or ditches, which may hinder the passage and/or natural water drainage. • After final site grading is complete, ensuring that the excess excavated material is not dumped indiscriminately but used for filling low lying areas construction by locals. • Developing project specific waste management plan • Developing and maintaining dedicated waste storage areas

6.2.4 Noise environment

Construction phase (Impact significance: Low) • Preventive maintenance of equipment and vehicles • Unnecessary engine operations to be minimized (e.g. equipment with intermitted use switched off when not working) • DG sets to be provided with acoustic enclosures and exhaust mufflers.

6.2.5 Biological environment

Construction phase (Impact significance: Low) • Avoid cutting of tress wherever possible, especially the endangered species observed in the study area. • Exploring opportunities for conservation of endangered species. • Closing of trenches as soon as possible of construction. • Prevent littering of work sites with wastes, especially plastic. • Training of drivers to maintain speed limits and avoid road-kills.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

EIA STUDY FOR PDH Document No. UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT USAR B078-1742-EI-1801 FOR GAIL Rev. No. 1 Page 117 of 145

6.2.6 Socio-economic environment

Construction phase (Impact significance: Low) • Training contractors on company safety policy requirements • Monitoring speed and route of project-related vehicles within the project area • Determine of the safe, legal load limits of all bridges and roads that will be used by heavy vehicles and machinery. • Upgrading local roads, wherever required, to ensure ease of project activity and community safety • Consolidating deliveries of materials and personnel to project sites, whenever feasible, to minimize flow of traffic • Minimizing interruption of access to community use of public infrastructure • Providing prior notice to affected parties when their access will be blocked, even temporarily. • Monitoring construction camp safety and hygiene • Preventing use of drugs and alcohol in project-sites • Preventing possession of firearms by project-personnel, except those responsible for security • Project-related waste and wastewater is disposed in a responsible manner

6.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT DURING OPERATION PHASE

The overall impact of the pollution on the environment during operation phase is localized in nature, non-reversible and is for a long period. Various measures planned for management of various components of environment are given in subsequent sections.

6.3.1 Air Environment

Operation phase (Impact significance: Low) • Ensuring preventive maintenance of equipment. • Monitoring of air polluting concentrations.

6.3.2 Water environment

Operation phase (Impact significance: Consumption of water -Low, Generation of effluent - Low) • Tracking of consumption. • Development of rainwater harvesting pits • Maximum Utilization Of Treated Water • Zero liquid discharge concept to be adopted.

6.3.3 Land environment

Operation phase (Impact significance: Soil quality - Low) • Developing and maintaining dedicated waste storage areas, • Spent Catalyst after every 4 years will be generated. Logging the details of waste sent back to manufacturer.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

EIA STUDY FOR PDH Document No. UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT USAR B078-1742-EI-1801 FOR GAIL Rev. No. 1 Page 118 of 145

6.3.4 Noise environment

Operation phase (Impact significance: Low) • Avoiding continuous (more than 8 hrs) exposure of workers to high noise areas. • Provision of ear muffs at the high noise areas • Ensuring preventive maintenance of equipment.

6.3.5 Biological environment

Operation phase (Impact significance: Low) • Development of greenbelt is of prime importance due to their capacity to reduce noise and air pollution impacts by attenuation/assimilation and for providing food and habitat for local macro and micro fauna. • Survival rate of the planted trees should be closely monitored and the trees, which could not survive should be replaced by more tolerant native species. • Social awareness program about the importance of conservation of flora and fauna especially medicinal plants, rare and endangered species and their ecological role need to be conducted. • Plantation and maintenance of additional trees during operation phase.

6.3.6 Socio-economic environment

Operation phase (Impact significance: Low) • Employment opportunity may be provided to local people during operation phase considering their skills and abilities as per procedures & practices adopted by company. • It must be ensured that the agricultural activity near the project sites must not get affected. • Required collaboration between project authority and local bodies is necessary for the smooth functioning of the project as well as for the progress of the region. • The facilities like education, medical, transportation, sanitation are poor in rural area. This provision needs to be strengthened under social welfare activity. • For all the social welfare activities to be undertaken by the project authorities, collaboration should be sought with the local administrations viz. Gram Panchayat, C.D. Block office etc. for better co-ordination and also to reach to the public. • Sanitation facilities in rural area are inadequate. The unsanitary conditions cause health problems. The medical facilities in the area are very poor. As such health camps for general health, eye check up, family planning, health awareness should be conducted for the rural people. • Communication with the local community should be institutionalized & done on regular basis by the project authorities to provide as opportunity for mutual discussion. • Project authorities should organize regular environmental awareness programmes to bring & environmental management measures being undertaken for improving their quality of life.

For social welfare activities to be undertaken by the project authorities collaboration may be sought with local administration gram panchayat block development office etc for better co-ordination.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

EIA STUDY FOR PDH Document No. UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT USAR B078-1742-EI-1801 FOR GAIL Rev. No. 1 Page 119 of 145

6.4 MEASURES FOR IMPROVEMENT OF BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

The resultant ambient air quality levels after the operation of the plant will be within the prescribed limits; impact on flora and fauna is not envisaged. The following recommendations are suggested for further implementation: • Clearing of existing vegetation should be kept to minimum and should be done only when absolutely necessary; • Plantation programme should be undertaken in all available areas. This should include plantation in the expanded areas, along the roads, on solid waste dump yards etc; • Use of biogas, solar energy, should be encouraged both at individual and at society levels; and • Plantation should be done along the roads, without affecting plant operational safety. This will not only improve the flora in the region but will add to the aesthetics of the region. 6.4.1 Greenbelt Development Plan

An area of 33% of the total plot area will be earmarked for green cover/belt development. GAIL has earmarked 43 ha out of 130 ha for green cover/belt development. EIL has made a detailed greenbelt plan and suggested plant species for plantation purpose. A budget of Rs. 2.5 crores is allocated for plantation activities. GAIL will plant and look after the planted species taking suggestions of appropriate consultant for greenbelt development. 6.4.2 Guidelines for plantation

The plant species identified for greenbelt development will be planted using pitting technique. The pit size will be either 45 cm x 45 cm x 45 cm or 60 cm x 60 cm x 60 cm. Bigger pit size is preferred on marginal and poor quality soils. Soil proposed to be used for filling the pit will be mixed with well decomposed farm yard manure or sewage sludge at the rate of 2.5 kg (on dry weight basis) and 3.6 kg (on dry weight basis) for 45 cm x 45 cm x 45 cm and 60 cm x 60 cm x 60 cm size pits respectively. The filling of soils will be completed at least 5 - 10 days before the actual plantation. Healthy seedlings of identified species will be planted in each pit. 6.4.3 Species Selection

Based on the regional background and soil quality, greenbelt will be developed. In greenbelt development, monocultures are not advisable due to its climatic factor and other environmental constrains. Greenbelt with varieties of species is preferred to maintain species diversity, rational utilization of nutrients and for maintaining health of the trees. Prepared in this way, the greenbelt will develop a favorable microclimate to support different micro- organisms in the soil and as a result of which soil quality will improve further.

During the course of survey, it has been observed that the soil quality of the plant site is fairly good and can support varieties of dry deciduous plant species for greenbelt development. Manure and vermin-compost may be mixed with the soil used for filling the pit for getting better result for survival of plant species. Adequate watering is to be done to background, extent of pollution load, soil quality, rainfall, temperature and human interactions, a number of species have been suggested to develop greenbelt inside the GAIL plant premises. These species can be planted in staggering arrangements within the plant premises. Some draught resistant plant species have been identified which can be planted for greenbelt development if sufficient water is not available (CPCB book on Guidelines for Developing Greenbelts). The suitable

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

EIA STUDY FOR PDH Document No. UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT USAR B078-1742-EI-1801 FOR GAIL Rev. No. 1 Page 120 of 145

species for greenbelt development program are given in Table 6.2 to maintain the growth of young seedlings.

Table 6.2 Suggested species for plantation in greenbelt development

Sl Areas to be Species Name Family Type No planted 1 Acacia auriculiformis Mimosaceae Tree Avenue A.Cunn.ex Benth. 2 Acacia catechu Willd. Mimosaceae Tree Greenbelt 3 Acacia farnesiana (L.) Mimosaceae Tree Avenue Willd. 4 Acacia ferruginea DC. Mimosaceae Tree Avenue 5 Acacia leucophloea Mimosaceae Tree Greenbelt (Roxb.) Willd. 6 Acacia mellifera (Vahl) Mimosaceae Tree Avenue Benth. 7 Acacia polycantha Mimosaceae Tree Greenbelt Willd. 8 Achras sapota L. Sapotaceae Tree Residential 9 Actinodaphne Lauraceae Tree Avenue angustifolia Nees. 10 Adenanthera pavonia Mimosaceae Tree Avenue L. 11 Adina cordifolia Roxb. Rubiaceae Tree Greenbelt 12 Aegle marmelos (L.) Rutaceae Tree Residential Correa ex Roxb. 13 Ailanthus excelsa Simarubaceae Tree Greenbelt 14 Albizia amara Mimosaceae Tree Greenbelt 15 Albizia lebbeck Mimosaceae Tree Greenbelt 16 Albizia odoratissima Mimosaceae Tree Greenbelt Benth. 17 Aleurites fordii Hemsl Euphorbiaceae Tree Greenbelt 18 Alstonia scholaris (L.) Apocynaceae Tree Avenue R.Br. 19 Annona reticulata L. Annonaceae Tree Residential 20 Annona sqamosa L. Annonaceae Tree Residential 21 Anogeissus latifolia Combretaceae Tree Greenbelt Wall. 22 Anthocephalus Rubiaceae Tree Avenue chinensis Lamk. 23 Aphanamixis Meliaceae Tree Avenue polystachya (Wall) Parker 24 Artocarpus Urticaceae Tree Residential heterophyllus Lamk. 25 Artocarpus lacucha Urticaceae Tree Residential Bucb. 26 Azadirachta indica A. Meliaceae Tree Avenue Juss.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

EIA STUDY FOR PDH Document No. UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT USAR B078-1742-EI-1801 FOR GAIL Rev. No. 1 Page 121 of 145

Sl Areas to be Species Name Family Type No planted 27 Balanites roxburghii Zygophyllaceae Tree Avenue Planch. 28 Bambusa arundinacia Poaceae Shrub Park/Office (Retz.) Roxb. 29 Bambusa vulgaris Poaceae Shrub Park/Office Schrad. 30 Bauhinia acuminata L. Caesalpiniaceae Tree Avenue 31 Bauhinia purpurea L. Caesalpiniaceae Tree Avenue 32 Bauhinia racemosa Caesalpiniaceae Tree Avenue Lam. 33 Bauhinia semla Caesalpiniaceae Tree Avenue Wanderlin 34 Bauhinia variegata L. Caesalpiniaceae Tree Avenue 35 Bischofia javanica Euphorbiaceae Tree Blume 36 Bougainvillea Nyctaginaceae Shrub Park/Office spetabilis Willd. 37 Bridelia squamosa Euphorbiaceae Tree Greenbelt Lamk. 38 Buchnania lanzan Anacardiaceae Tree Greenbelt Spreng 39 Butea monosperma Papilionaceae Tree Greenbelt (Lam.) Taub. 40 Caesalpinia Caesalpiniaceae Shrub Avenue pulcherrima (L.) Swartz. 41 Callistemon citrinus Myrtaceae Shrub Park/Office (Curtis) Stapf 42 Cassia fistula L. Caesalpiniaceae Tree Avenue 43 Cassia renigera Wall Avenue ex. Benth 44 Ceiba pentandra (L.) Bombacaceae Tree Greenbelt Gaertn. 45 Cordia dichotoma Cordiaceae Tree Greenbelt Forst 46 Dalbergia latifolia Caesalpiniaceae Tree Greenbelt Roxb. 47 Dalbergia sisoo Roxb. Tree Greenbelt/Avenue

48 Delonix regia (Bojer) Caesalpiniaceae Tree Avenue Rafin. 49 Dendrocalamus Poaceae Shrub Park/Residential strictus Nees 50 Duranta repens L. Verbenaceae Herb Park 51 Emblica officinalis Euphorbiaceae Tree Residential Gaertn. 52 Erythrina variegata L. Tree Avenue 53 Eucalyptus citriodora Myrtaceae Tree Greenbelt Hook.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

EIA STUDY FOR PDH Document No. UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT USAR B078-1742-EI-1801 FOR GAIL Rev. No. 1 Page 122 of 145

Sl Areas to be Species Name Family Type No planted 54 Eucalyptus tereticornis Myrtaceae Tree Greenbelt Sm. 55 Ficsu benghalensis L. Moraceae Tree Greenbelt

56 Ficus benjamina L. Moraceae Tree Avenue 57 Ficus elastica Roxb.ex Moraceae Tree Park/Office Hornem 58 Ficus racemosa L. Moraceae Tree Greenbelt

59 Ficus religiosa L. Moraceae Tree Greenbelt 60 Gardenia jasminoides Rubiaceae Shrub Park/Residential Ellis 61 Gardenia resinifera Rubiaceae Shrub Park/Residential Roth 62 Grevillea robusta A. Proteaceae Tree Greenbelt cunn. 63 Hibiscus rosa-sinensis Malvaceae Shrub Park/Office L. 64 Hippophae Elaeganaceae Tree Avenue rhamnoides L. 65 Holoptelia integrifolia Ulmaceae Tree Greenbelt (Roxb.) DC. 66 Ixora arborea Roxb. Rubiaceae Shrub Greenbelt

67 Ixora coccinea L. Rubiaceae Herb Park 68 Ixora rosea Wall. Rubiaceae Herb Park 69 Kigelia africana Lamk Bignoniaceae Tree Greenbelt 70 Lagerstroemia Lythraceae Tree Avenue parviflora Roxb 71 Lagerstroemia Lythraceae Tree Avenue speciosa L. 72 Lantana camara L. Verbenaceae Herb Park/Office var. aculeata (L.) Mold. 73 Mallotus philippensis Euphorbiaceae Tree Greenbelt (Lour) Muell 74 Mangifera indica L. Anacardiaceae Tree Greenbelt

75 Millingtonia hortensis Bignoniaceae Tree Avenue L.f. 76 Mimusops elengi L. Sapotaceae Tree Avenue 77 Murraya paniculata Rutaceae Shrub Residential (L.) Jack 78 Nerium oleander L. Apocynaceae Shrub Park/Residential

79 Nyctanthus arbor- Oleaceae Shrub Park/Residential tristis L. 80 Phoenix sylvestris (L.) Arecaceae Shrub Park Roxb.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

EIA STUDY FOR PDH Document No. UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT USAR B078-1742-EI-1801 FOR GAIL Rev. No. 1 Page 123 of 145

Sl Areas to be Species Name Family Type No planted 81 Plumeria alba L. Apocynaceae Shrub Park/Residential

82 Plumeria rubra L. Apocynaceae Shrub Park/Residential

83 Polyalthia longifolia Annonaceae Tree Residential/Office (Sonn.) Thw 84 Pongamia pinnata (L.) Tree Avenue Pierre 85 Psidium guajava L. Myrtaceae Tree Residential

86 Samanea saman Mimosaceae Tree Avenue (Jacq.) Merr. 87 Sesbania grandiflora Caesalpiniaceae Shrub Residential (L.) Poir. 88 Sesbania speciosa Caesalpiniaceae Shrub Residential Taub. ex Engl. 89 Soymida febrifuga Meliaceae Tree Greenbelt A.Juss. 90 Spathodea Bignoniaceae Tree Avenue campanulata Beauv. 91 Sterculia foetida L. Sterculiaceae Tree Greenbelt

92 Syzigium cumini L. Myrtaceae Tree Residential 93 Taberneamontana Apocynaceae Shrub Residential/Park divaricata (L.) Burkill 94 Tecoma stans (L.) Bignoniaceae Shrub Residential/Park Kunth 95 Terminalia arjuna Combretaceae Tree Greenbelt/Avenue (Roxb.ex DC.) Wight & Arn. 96 Terminalia chebula Combretaceae Tree Greenbelt Retz. 97 Ziziphus mauritiana Rhamnaceae Tree Greenbelt Lam.

The species suggested here are commonly seen in and around the project area, fast growing and drought resistant. Seedlings / saplings of these species can be easily procured from local nurseries. The selection of plant species for the green belt development depends on various factors such as climate, elevation and soil. The plants suggested for green belt were selected based on the following desirable characteristics.

• Fast growing and providing optimum penetrability. • Evergreen with minimal litter fall. • Wind-firm and deep rooted. • The species will form a dense canopy. • Indigenous and locally available species. • Trees with high foliage density, larger of leaf sizes and hairy on surfaces. • Ability to withstand conditions like inundation and drought.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

EIA STUDY FOR PDH Document No. UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT USAR B078-1742-EI-1801 FOR GAIL Rev. No. 1 Page 124 of 145

• Soil improving plants, such as nitrogen fixing plants, rapidly decomposable leaf litter. • Attractive appearance with good flowering and fruit bearing. • Bird and insect attracting plant species. • Sustainable green cover with minimal maintenance. • Species which can trap/sequester carbon.

6.4.4 Phase wise Greenbelt Development Plan

Greenbelt will be developed in a phase wise manner right from the construction phase of the proposed project. In the first phase along with the start of the construction activity all along the plant boundary, open space areas, and major roads will be planted. In the second phase the office building like Canteen, Administrative building, Fire Safety office area and other constructed buildings will be planted. In the third phase when all the construction activity is complete plantation will be taken up in the gap areas of plant area, around different units, in stretch of open land and along other connecting roads, parks and residential quarters.

The total construction period is 48 months from the date of starting of construction. The first phase of the plantation programme will start immediately with the start of construction and run upto 24 months. The second phase will start after 24 months and continue upto 48 months.

6.5 IMPLEMENTATION OF EMP IN CONSTRUCTION PHASE

The overall impact of the pollution on the environment during construction phase is localised in nature and is for a short period at all sites. In order to develop effective mitigation plan, it is important to conceive the specific activities during construction phase causing environmental impact.

All the construction activities are undertaken, controlled and managed by EPCM contractor. It is mandatory for EPCM contractor to develop site/project specific HSE Policy, HSE Plan, HSE management system for complete EPCM phase of the project. The various HSE requirements/Deliverables that will be developed is given in Table 6.3.

Table 6.3 Elements of HSE Management System during EPC Phase

Element of HSE S.No. HSE Requirements/Deliverables Management System Development of Principal Environmental Flow 1.0 Preservation Diagram and Environmental Balance 2.0 Progress HSE Measurement Requirements Implementation Plan for Environmental 3.0 Durable Development Management Plan indicated in Final EIA report (Approved by MoEF) Environmental Philosophy & Safety 4.0 Regulation Philosophy Prevention and Proactive Implementation of findings of Risk 5.0 Management of Risk Assessment Study 6.0 Continuous Improvement 6.1 HSE Close out Report 6.2 HSE Audit Requirements 6.3 Project HSE Review 7.0 Formation and Sensitisation HSE Training Requirements

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

EIA STUDY FOR PDH Document No. UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT USAR B078-1742-EI-1801 FOR GAIL Rev. No. 1 Page 125 of 145

Element of HSE S.No. HSE Requirements/Deliverables Management System Information and 8.0 Communication 8.1 HSE Communication Requirements 8.2 HSE Resources 8.3 Competency Requirements 8.4 HSE Documentation 8.5 HSE Records 8.6 HSE Procedures HSE Management System 9.0 Responsibilities Requirements

6.5.1 Air Quality

As mentioned in Chapter-4, there will be minimal increase in particulate matter levels in ambient air during construction of proposed activities.

All the major dust generation construction activities will be regularly planned and controlled under the supervision of HS Manager. Records will be documented for the ambient air quality monitored before and during all dust generation construction activities. Necessary control and management will be taken at site by HS manager as appropriate. All such records will be reviewed for corrective and preventive action.

6.5.2 Noise Quality

Ambient noise levels measured at various locations within the study area are found within limits. All the major noise generation construction activities will be regularly planned and controlled under the supervision of HS Manager. As indicated in Table 6.3, Sl. No. 8.5 records will be documented for the ambient noise monitored before and during all noise generation construction activities. Necessary control and management will be taken at site by HS manager as appropriate. Also as indicated in Table 6.3 of Sl. No. 6.3, all such records will be reviewed for corrective and preventive action.

6.5.3 Water Quality

All the major water consumption and waste water generation construction activities will be regularly planned and controlled under the supervision of HS Manager. As indicated in Table 6.3 of S. No. 8.5 HSE records will be documented for the total water supplied through existing Pipe line from MIDC and wastage of the same shall be monitored before and during all such construction activities. Necessary control and management will be taken at site by HS manager as appropriate. Also as indicated in Table 6.3 of S. No. 6.3, all such records will be reviewed for corrective and preventive action.

6.5.4 Socio-economic

The presence of highly skilled labour force around the plant area will ensure the availability of labour at construction site. This will lead to non-requirement of any kind of temporary housing near the construction site but may put stress in the existing transport system and traffic density. A proper traffic and man power management may reduce this problem in a substantial way. The health records of all construction force will be collected and will be supervised by medical in-charge specially appointed by EPC Contractor.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

EIA STUDY FOR PDH Document No. UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT USAR B078-1742-EI-1801 FOR GAIL Rev. No. 1 Page 126 of 145

Some of the measures recommended towards improvement in socio-economic environment are suggested as follows:

a) Use of local labour to the maximum extent. b) Provision of minimum wages for construction workers as per the Maharashtra State Government Norms. c) Strict compliance of all applicable labour laws of Centre/State Govt. d) Adequate sanitation and drinking water facilities e) Safety demonstration programmes, training to workers and provision of adequate personal safety equipment. f) Use of reliable and sound construction practices.

6.5.5 Biological Environment

The existing green belt shall be developed in the petro-chemical complex.

6.6 IMPLEMENTATION OF EMP IN OPERATION PHASE

All the operation activities are undertaken, controlled and managed by EPCM contractor. It is mandatory for EPCM contractor to develop site/project specific HSE Policy, HSE Plan, HSE management system for complete commissioning and operational phases of the project. The various HSE requirements that will be carried out by the HSE team of the organization are listed below:

a. Review and assessment of adequacy of measures implemented as per Environmental Management Plan, Disaster Management Plan (Onsite and Offsite) and Emergency Preparedness Plan and all other measures suggested by Statutory Authorities. b. Monitoring of Environmental balance and its parameters and its compliance to requirements specified as per statutory requirements/design requirements. c. Mock Safety drills to assess the readiness of the control of major accidents and hazards. d. Conducting HSE audits and Reviews.

The environmental management plan during the operational phase of the plant shall therefore be directed towards the following:

• Ensuring the operation of various process units as per specified operating guidelines/operating manuals. • Strict adherence to maintenance schedule for various machinery/equipment. • Good Housekeeping practices. • Post project environmental monitoring.

6.7 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH

For the proposed project, action plan for the implementation of OSHA Standards as per OHSAS/USEPA is as shown below:

• Display of Occupational Health & Safety Policy; • To comply with statutory legal compliance related to the OHC dept.; • Develop Onsite and Offsite emergency plan as Emergency Procedures to respond to Potential Emergencies; • Schedule Regular Emergency Evacuation Drills by active participation and evaluation as and when drill planned by safety department;

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

EIA STUDY FOR PDH Document No. UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT USAR B078-1742-EI-1801 FOR GAIL Rev. No. 1 Page 127 of 145

• Six monthly periodic medical examinations of all workers working with the hazardous process; • Reporting of all incidence and accidents by Accident & Incidence Reporting System; • Investigation of all incidence and accidents by Investigation Report System; • MSDS of all chemicals of company; • Review of first aid facility; • Preparing first aider & its information at work place; • Identifying training needs of all the departments; • Awareness of Occupational Hazards & General health promotional in workers by conducting lectures for occupational health hazards in annual planner at training center; • Up-keep of ambulance & OHC by maintaining records.

6.7.1 Health

In order to provide safe working environment and safeguard occupational health and hygiene, the following measures will be undertaken:

. Periodic compulsory medical examination for all the plant employees as per OSHA requirement and specific medical examination. . All the employees shall be trained in Health, Safety and Environment (HSE) aspects related to their job. . Exposure of workers to noise, particularly in areas housing equipment which produce 85dB(A) or more will be monitored by noise decimeters. Audiometric tests are also done at periodic intervals for all the plant employees.

Regular (6 monthly) periodic medical checkup of contract and subcontract workers working at hazardous processes is done as per clause 68 T of Factory’s Act.

6.8 DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY OF THE AREA

6.8.1 Social Responsibility

The local population shall be supported to take up the opportunities afforded by the increased economic activities in the area. Efforts shall be made to promote concord with the local populace. Further, the positive perceptions of the local people about the project shall be consolidated by enabling socio-economic development activities such as up gradation of health facilities and educational infrastructure in coordination/association with the local government /development agencies in area.

6.8.2 Energy Conservation measures

Properly implemented energy saving measures may reduce considerable amount of expenditure and emission of green house gases. Various measures have been envisaged in the Project area to conserve energy.

The suggested measures are as follows:

a) Use of CFL/LED. b) Use of Low-pressure sodium lamps for outdoor lighting along the road and security lighting with Solar Street Lights mix. c) Solar lighting will be provided in the main control room and in areas where safety related equipment are located. d) Use of solar water heaters for hospital, guest house.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

EIA STUDY FOR PDH Document No. UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT USAR B078-1742-EI-1801 FOR GAIL Rev. No. 1 Page 128 of 145

e) Automatic timing control mechanism will be incorporated in the street lighting to save energy. Mechanism will involve staggering of on-off sequence of street lights. f) Designing the structures having proper ventilation and natural light. g) The hostels, guest house, hospital etc. shall have solar water heating systems. The street lights shall have 20% mix of solar lights. h) The street lighting shall be controlled by staggering of putting on-off of lights in particular sequence.

6.8.3 Use of Renewable and Alternate Source of Energy

A detailed survey of the site is carried out during environmental data collection for use of renewable and alternate source of energy such as wind energy and solar energy. However, based on techno-economic considerations, the following are suggested:

a) Use of solar heaters and solar lights at public buildings such as guest houses, canteens, hospital etc. b) Use of solar lights for street lighting limited to 20%. The street lighting shall be controlled by staggering of putting on-off of lights in particular sequence.

6.8.4 Development of Carbon Manual

Also to demonstrate the need of sustainable use of fossil fuels, carbon foot print will be assessed using customized software and will be widely publicized.

6.8.5 CSR Activities

 CSR Budget Spent for the Last Five Years at GAIL, USAR is given in Table 6.5.

Table 6.4 DETAILS OF CSR BUDGET SPENT FOR THE LAST FIVE YEARS AT GAIL, USAR Approved Actual Sr. Estimate Year Thrust Area Details of CSR Acvitity Expenditure No. (Rs.in (Rs.in Lacs) Lacs) a) General Medical checkup and Medicine Distribution Camp alongwith free eye testing and distribution of free spectacles for the people staying in and around Healthcare/ LPG Plant, Usar (Rs.3.55 Lacs) 1 2013-14 8.04 7.77 Medical and b) BMI Check-up, Bone Density Testing through sepcialized Orthopedic Surgeons for the people staying in and around LPG Plant, Usar (Rs.4.49 Lacs) 2 2014-15 NIL

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

EIA STUDY FOR PDH Document No. UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT USAR B078-1742-EI-1801 FOR GAIL Rev. No. 1 Page 129 of 145

Approved Actual Sr. Estimate Year Thrust Area Details of CSR Acvitity Expenditure No. (Rs.in (Rs.in Lacs) Lacs) Providing Street Light poles to the villages coming under Group Community Gram Panchayat, Beloshi (i.e 3 2015-16 13.6 13.6 Development Beloshi, Malyan, Mahajane, Walwali, Wave, Ghotwade, Patwadi, Sagwadi and Diwiwadi) 4 2016-17 NIL 5 2017-18 NIL

Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER)

Various CER activities will be carried out by GAIL in the vicinity of proposed project area with budget during next 5 years (including construction period). The budget for CER is Rs. 16.76 Crores (0.25% of total project cost in line with MoEFCC notification vide F.No.22-65/2017-IA.III; dated: 01.05.2018) and the break up CER cost over the construction years is given below:

Table 6.5: Details of CER Budget to be spent during construction phase

ITEMS 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 2023-24 2024-25 3.35 3.35 3.35 3.35 3.35 CER Budget crores crores crores crores crores

The above funds will be spent in various CER activities like Solar Lighting/Solar pump (Irrigation) system, Drinking Water Facilities, greenbelt development, Air quality monitoring in surrounding area etc.

6.9 ESTIMATED COST FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

Considering all measures suggested above, cost is worked out for implementation of environmental management plan and is given in table 6.6 & 6.7. The total estimated budget for implementation of EMP is worked out as Rs. 1025 Lakhs towards capital cost and Rs. 138 Lakhs towards recurring cost per annum.

Table 6.5: BUDGET OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (Capital Cost)

Sl. No. Activity Cost (Rupees in Lakhs) 1.0 Air Environment 1.1 Plantation Activities (Trees and 250.0 Shrubs) 1.2 Online analyzers & monitoring 200.0 2.0 Noise Environment 2.1 Additional Plantation Activities Included in 1.1 2.2 Audiometric tests 5.0 3.0 Water Environment 3.1 Rain water Harvesting pits 50.0 3.2 New Packaged ETP 500.0

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

EIA STUDY FOR PDH Document No. UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT USAR B078-1742-EI-1801 FOR GAIL Rev. No. 1 Page 130 of 145

4.0 Land Environment 4.1 Additional Plantation Activities Included in 1.1 4.2 Solid waste management 20.0 5.0 Biological Environment 5.1 Additional Plantation Activities Included in 1.1 Budget for EMP (Capital Cost) 1025.0

Table 6.6: BUDGET OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (Recurring Cost per Annum)

Sl. No. Activity Cost (Rupees in Lakhs) 1.0 Air Environment 1.1 Additional Plantation Activities 100.0 (Trees and Shrubs) 1.2 Air quality monitoring 20.0 2.0 Noise Environment 2.1 Additional Plantation Activities Included in 1.1 2.2 Audiometric tests 3.0 3.0 Water Environment 3.1 Rain water Harvesting pits 5.0 4.0 Land Environment 4.1 Additional Plantation Activities Included in 1.1 4.2 Solid waste management 10.0 5.0 Biological Environment 5.1 Additional Plantation Activities Included in 1.1 Budget for EMP (Recurring Cost 138.0 per Annum)

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

EIA STUDY FOR PDH Document No. UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT USAR B078-1742-EI-1801 FOR GAIL Rev. No. 1 Page 131 of 145

6.10 Quality, Safety, Health and Environmental Policy

GAIL is having well documented Quality, Environment, Occupational Health and Safety Policy for the workers and employees who are working in the Plant. The HSE policy of GAIL is given below as Figure 6.1.

Figure 6.1 HSE policy of GAIL

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. 132 EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT USAR Rev. No. 1 FOR GAIL Page 132 of 145

CHAPTER – 7

ADDITIONAL STUDIES

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT USAR Rev. No. 1 FOR GAIL Page 133 of 145

7.0. ADDITIONAL STUDIES

A Rapid Risk Assessment studies have been carried out by EIL for generation of important baseline data / specific information required for the subject EIA study. The details of the same are presented below:

7.1 RAPID RISK ASSESSMENT STUDY

RRA study evaluates the consequences of potential failure scenarios, assess extent of damages, based on damage criteria’s and suggest suitable measures for mitigating the Hazard.

RRA involves identification of various potential hazards & credible or reasonably believable failure scenarios for various units based on their frequency of occurrence & resulting consequence. Basically two types of scenarios are identified spanning across various process facilities; Cases with high chance of occurrence but having low consequence, e.g. Instrument Tapping Failure and cases with low chance of occurrence but having high consequence, e.g., Large Hole on the bottom outlet of Pressure Vessels. Effect zones for various outcomes of failure scenarios (Flash Fire, Jet Fire, Pool Fire, Blast overpressure, toxic release, etc.) are studied and identified in terms of distances on plot plan. Based on effect zones, measures for mitigation of the hazard/risk are suggested. Detailed Risk Analysis report is attached as Annexure-V.

7.1.1 MAJOR OBSERVATIONS & RECOMMENDATIONS The detailed consequence analysis of release of hydrocarbon in case of major credible scenarios is modeled in terms of release rate, dispersion and flammability which have been discussed in detail in the report. The Observations and recommendations arising out of the Rapid Risk analysis study for units under upcoming Usar Petrochemical project are summarized below:

Analysis of high frequency failure scenarios in PDH and PP unit is as given below:

PP Unit  Instrument tapping failure at Propylene charge pump, it is observed that LFL may reach a distance of 46 m and may extend beyond the unit boundary. The jet fire radiation intensities of 37.5 and 12.5 kW/m2 may be realized upto 45 and 55 m respectively. The 5 & 3 psi overpressure blast waves may reach a distance of 51 m and 55 m respectively. Similarly in case of Instrument tapping failure at Recycle pump discharge, it is observed that LFL may reach a distance of 46 m from the source. The jet fire radiation intensities of 37.5 and 12.5 kW/m2 may be realized upto 45 and 54 m respectively. The 5 & 3 psi overpressure blast waves may reach a distance of 51 m and 55 m respectively. However the effects are observed to be largely restricted within the unit provided the equipments are suitably sited.

PDH  In case of high frequency failure scenarios in PDH unit such as Instrument tapping failure in Propane line at B/L, It is observed that LFL may reach a distance of 42 m and may cross the unit boundary. The jet fire radiation intensities of 37.5 and 12.5 kW/m2 may cause escalation within the unit. The 5 & 3 psi overpressure blast waves, if realized may have an effect zone of 50 m and 54 m respectively. Also in case of Instrument tapping failure at De-ethanizer bottom pump it was observed that LFL may reach a distance of 49 m from the source. The jet fire radiation intensities of 37.5 and 12.5 kW/m2 may reach a distance of 42 m and 51 m respectively with possible localized escalation. The 5 & 3 psi

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT USAR Rev. No. 1 FOR GAIL Page 134 of 145

overpressure blast waves may reach a distance of 51 m and 56 m respectively. Similar effect distances are noticed in case of Instrument tapping failure at De-ethanizer feed dryer inlet line and Instrument tapping failure at Reject C4 Pump.

Note: The loss of containment scenarios, equipment locations and conditions are indicative and need further assessment during detailing. It may also be noted that, there exists a possibility of other loss of containment scenarios, whose blast overpressure waves may affect the new control room based on the location of equipment in the unit and technology selected.

LPG unit  From the high frequency failure scenarios such as Instrument tapping failure at LPG column bottom line/NGL pump inlet, it is observed that LFL may reach a distance of 80 m from the source. The jet fire radiation intensities of 37.5 and 12.5 kW/m2 may lead to localized escalation. The Late pool fire radiation intensities of 12.5 kW/m2 may be realized at a distance of 33 m from the source. The 5 psi overpressure blast wave may possibly affect the control room. The existing Lab building may be subjected to 3 psi overpressure blast waves.

In case of a 20mm Leak in LP separator bottom outlet, it is observed that LFL may reach a distance of 86 m from the source. The jet fire radiation intensities of 37.5 and 12.5 kW/m2 may lead to a localized escalation. The 5 & 3 psi overpressure blast waves may reach a distance of 99 m and 107 m which may affect the existing control room and PDH unit partially. Similar effects are noticed in case of 20mm Leak in HP separator bottom outlet.

Hence based on the above consequences, following are recommended:

• Provide adequate number of gas detectors (H2 &/HC) at suitable locations within unit (PDH/PP/LPG) for early leak detection. Also philosophy for quick isolation (through ROV’s) for vessels and columns containing inventories of C4/C5 and lighters should be developed for PDH/PP plants as a part of good safety design practice.

• In PP unit, it is suggested locate the extrusion and pellet handling sections towards the western side for enhanced safety.

• It is advisable to consider blast resistant construction of new MCR.

• It is suggested to relocate the existing lab building to a safe location beyond the explosion effects based on scenarios arising out of LPG unit.

• Ensure LPG control room is of blast resistant construction (or) explore integration of the same with New MCR.

In case of low frequency high consequence credible failure scenarios in PDH unit such as:

Large hole at Product Splitter bottom, it is observed that LFL distances may reach upto 112 m. The jet fire radiation intensities of 37.5 kW/m2 and 12.5 kW/m2 may reach a distance of 82 m and 100 m (@2F condition) respectively. The 5 & 3 psi over pressure blast waves may reach a distance of 131 m and 140 m respectively and may affect new MCR and existing MCR depending on the location of equipment in the unit. Similarly in case of large hole at de-ethanizer reflux drum bottom, it is observed that LFL distances may be realized up to 131 m and may affect MCR, control room and LPG recovery unit depending on the location of the equipment. The jet fire radiation intensities of 37.5 & 12.5 kW/m2 may reach a distance of 78 m and 95 m respectively (@2F condition). The

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT USAR Rev. No. 1 FOR GAIL Page 135 of 145

5 & 3 psi overpressure blast waves may reach a distance of 155 m and 164 m respectively.

In case of low frequency high consequence credible failure scenarios in PP unit such as:

• Large hole at Propylene dryer bottom: it is observed that LFL distance of 157 m may reach SRR, warehouse and PDH plant. The jet fire radiation intensities of 37.5 and 12.5 kW/m2 may be realized upto 103 and 125m respectively @ 2F condition. The 5 & 3 psi overpressure blast waves may reach a distance of 178 m and 188 m and may affect SRR, Sub Station, PDH unit and warehouse depending on the location of equipment.

Based on the above consequence, following are recommended: • Include these scenarios outcomes as an input to the Disaster Management Plan (DMP) & Emergency Response Plan (ERP).

OFFSITES In case of high frequency failure scenarios in Off-sites such as:

Instrument tapping failure at Propane Pump discharge it is observed that LFL may reach a distance of 43 m from the source. The jet fire radiation intensities of 32 and 8 kW/m2 may reach a distance of 45 m and 58 m respectively and may have a localized effect. The 5 & 3 psi overpressure blast waves may reach a distance of 51 m and 55 m respectively. Similar effect distances are noticed in case of Instrument tapping failure at Propylene Pump discharge and Instrument tapping failure at metering area.

In case of Instrument tapping failure at H2 Bullet, it was observed that LFL may reach a distance of 48 m from the source. The jet fire radiation intensities of 32 and 8 kW/m2 may reach a distance of 19 m and 23 m respectively and may affect the adjacent bullet. The 5 & 3 psi overpressure blast waves may reach a distance of 48 m and 51 m respectively.

Based on the above consequence, following are recommended:

• Provide gas and optical flame detectors at pump houses, metering station and H2 bullet area for quick detection and early action in loss of containment.

• Consider fireproofing of H2 bullet for jet fire hazards.

7.2 PUBLIC HEARING

As per the Terms of Reference (ToR) vide letter No. IA-J-11011/464/2017-IA-II (I) dated 26-10-2017 issued by the MoEFCC, GoI and as per directives of the Maharashtra Pollution Control Board, Sub Regional Officer, Raigad-II has published 30 days' advance public notice in local newspaper Dainik Raigad Times in Marathi and in national newspaper Daily Indian Express on 20-05-2019. The public hearing for above project was arranged on 21-06-2019 at 11.00 a.m. at Ganesh Mangal Karyalaya, Sahan Bypass Road, Alibag Roha Road, Sahan, Taluka-Alibag, Dist - Raigad. As per Office Order issued by Member Secretary, Maharashtra Pollution Control Board Mumbai vide No.E-38 of 2019 under letter no.BO/JD/WPC/PH/B-2168, dated 20-06-2019, following Public Hearing Committee was constituted to conduct the public hearing :-

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT USAR Rev. No. 1 FOR GAIL Page 136 of 145

1) Additional District Magistrate, (Representative of District Magistrate, Raigad) - Chairman 2) Regional Officer MPCB, Raigad (Representative of MPCB, Mumbai) - Member 3) Sub Regional Officer, Raigad-11, MPCB - Convener

Convener of the Public Hearing Committee informed that as per the Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) Notification of Ministry of Environment, Forest, Climate Change, Govt. of India, (i.e. MoEFCC, GoI) dated 14th September, 2006 as amended on 1st December, 2009, it is mandatory to conduct prior public consultation to certain projects which are covered in the schedule of the said Notification. MPCB has received proposal for setting up of proposed 500 KTA Propane Dehydration Unit Integrated with Polypropylene Unit at Village- Usar, Taluka- Alibag, Dist- Raigad, Maharashtra.

With the permission of Hon'ble Chairman of the Public Hearing Committee, the Convener informed project proponent to give information regarding the project before all the participant. Chairperson of Public Hearing Committee and Additional District Magistrate, Raigad welcomed all and informed officials of the project to explain the details of pollution control devices and environment management plan of the proposed project in local and official language Marathi. The Project Proponent gave the presentation of the proposed project. Environment Management Plan (EMP) and Disaster Management Plan (DMP) in detail in local and official language Marathi.

After the presentation, Regional Officer, MPCB, Raigad and Member of the Public Hearing Committee welcomed all and informed the participants to inform the name and place of residence before informing the suggestion or objection.

Chairperson of the Public Hearing Committee appealed all to raise any doubts, suggestions and objections against the project. She also directed officials to take note of credentials of all the participants. Minutes of Public Hearing is attached as Annexure-VI.

Followings have participated during the discussions and the answers given by the Project Proponent / Project Consultant / Public Hearing Committee:-

1) Shri Gajanan Patil, Resident of Khanav village. Tal-Alibag. Dist- Raigad:- Shri Gajanan Patil while objecting informed that the land of the local people is acquired for the various projects since 1983. Many big promises were made. But experience of local people is very bitter. Nearly 215 hectors of land is acquired. But Project Affected Persons (PAPs) and poor farmers have not given any benefit and deprived from their right of partnership in the project. As per the information of the local people, 246 persons are PAPs/Khatedar. Only 23 persons is given job opportunities. Others are fighting since last 36 years. The project proponent has not made available the list of PAPs, their present condition. It should be made available.

The local youths and youth woman should be given job opportunities in the project. The Government Administration should prescribe the guidelines to Project Proponent to co- operate with the local people.

2) Shri Anant Narayan Gondhali, Resident of Khanav village, Tal-Alibag, Dist-Raigad :-

He objected that the land of the local people was acquired in 1981.Only 24PAPs were given job opportunities in the project. The justice was not given to other PAPs till to date. Hence, they do not have any source to survive. All the PAPs have been issued Certificate. Nothing is done till to date and now most of the PAPs who have been issued Certificate have became grandfather. Still no job opportunities is extended to them.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT USAR Rev. No. 1 FOR GAIL Page 137 of 145

3) Shri Shridhar Madhukar Bhopi, Resident of Beloshi village, Tal-Alibag, Dist-Raigad :-

He said that local peoples are supporting the project. They are not against the project. But the problems of PAPs and farmers should be solved. The agriculturists were given fixed rate, but the rate given previously and given today has a vast difference. All the PAPs should be given job opportunities. The policy should be made that farmer should be economically self-sufficient. An agreement in writing should be made with project proponent for solving the issues of PAPs and farmers.

4) Shri Sachin Krishna Shinde, Resident of Usar village, Tal-Alibag, Dist­Raigad :-

The proposed project falls under the two Grampanchayat. But no development work is carried in the Usar village by the Project Proponent. It is requested to solve the long pending issues of PAPs and local farmers. Our experience is very bitter. Project Proponent should take in hand the Skill Development Programme for the local youths and youth women, for which the survey is essential for the present status of local youths and youth woman, their education qualification. It will be beneficial to the project only.

5) Shri Nilesh Gaykar, Resident of Usar village, Tal-Alibag, Dist-Raigad:-

He suggested that there is requirement of 600 personnels in the new project. Hence all the 225 PAPs personnels be appointed in the project. Then only the project proponent should be granted Environmental Clearance. He further said that during the process there will be release of Nitrate and Sulphate. It will affect the surrounding areas. Hence policy of compensation should be worked out on priority. There is scarcity of drinking water in the area. The project proponent has not carried any development work in the Usargaon. Only one bus stop is built. The CSR fund used outside rather than in the local area by the project proponent.

6) Shri Ashok Karnikar, Resident of Usar village, Tal-Alibag, Dist-Raigad :­

Shri Karnikar while objecting informed that there are 250 PAPs, but only 22-23 PAPs are given the job opportunity. Only 5% farmers have got the Fixed Rate amount.25% people did not get the Fixed Rate amount.

Chairperson, Public Hearing Committee remarked that the views of the local peoples are definitely appreciated. This is also success of Administration also. The suggestions and demands of the local peoples are realistic. The local youths and youth women who are skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled should be given job opportunities as per the recruitment policy of Govt. of India. District Administration will definitely take the follow up. Some photos from the public hearing have been shown below.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT USAR Rev. No. 1 FOR GAIL Page 138 of 145

Fig.-7.1: Photos from the public hearing held for the proposed project

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1139801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT USAR Rev. No. 1 FOR GAIL Page 139 of 145

CHAPTER – 8

PROJECT BENEFITS

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT USAR Rev. No. 1 FOR GAIL Page 140 of 145

8.1 CONTRIBUTION TO NATIONAL ENERGY SECURITY

India has been witnessing rapid urban and industrial growth in the past two decades, and with the country’s current liberalization policy, this growth is expected to accelerate further. As a consequence of the rapid rate of industrialization in India, polymer products needs are increasing at an equally rapid rate and the supply- demand gap is widening and steps must be taken to address this issue. The proposed project will result in the supply of increased volumes of environmental friendly polymer products to meet the energy security of northern, western and southern region of the country.

8.2 PRODUCTION OF POLYPROPYLENE

Polypropylene is one of the intended major products from the petro-chemical complex. The configuration provides a huge flexibility to the petro-chemical complex and currently matches well, with the product requirements.

The benefits of polymer addition project are as follows:

1. Profitability and value addition being higher in producing polymer products 2. Reducing import from other countries.

8.3 SOCIO-ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT

The proposed project would generate some direct and indirect employment opportunities during construction and operation phases, which will benefit the local people. Additional manpower is envisaged for the project. Also local skilled and unskilled labour will be required during construction and operation phase. Improvement in the overall socio-economic status of the vicinity of project area, in the thematic areas of health, education, livelihood and infrastructure is expected.

Social Development is an important component of any project taken by GAIL. An understanding of society is essential in helping people meet their social needs - food, water, shelter, health, knowledge, skills and physical and emotional security. How people define such needs and the priority and value give to them varies tremendously, not only from one country to another, but between different groups of people. A starting point for establishing appropriate and sustainable social services should be an analysis of how individuals, families and communities organise themselves in society to meet their needs as they define them. These facts have been already been noticed by GAIL and some are being focused while carrying out the development programmes in nearby areas. This project will also result in overall environmental quality improvement in this region.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1141801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT USAR Rev. No. 1 FOR GAIL Page 141 of 145

CHAPTER – 9

DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT Rev. No. 1 USAR FOR GAIL Page 142 of 145

9.1 GENERAL INFORMATION

Name of Organization: Engineers India Limited Address: Head - Environment, Water & Safety Division Tower-I, Ground floor, R&D centre, Engineers India Limited, Gurugram (On NH-8), Haryana-122001 Telephone Nos. : 0124-3802034 Email: [email protected]

9.2 ESTABLISHMENT

Engineers India Limited (EIL) was established in 1965 to provide engineering and related services for Petroleum Refineries and other industrial projects. Over the years, it has diversified into and excelled in various fields. EIL has emerged as Asia's leading design, engineering and turnkey contracting company in Petroleum Refining, Petrochemicals, Pipelines, Onshore Oil & Gas, Mining & Metallurgy, Offshore Oil & Gas, Terminals & Storages and Infrastructure. EIL provides a wide range of design, engineering, procurement, construction supervision, commissioning assistance and project management as well as EPC services. It also provides specialist services such as heat & mass transfer equipment design, environment engineering, information technology, specialist materials and maintenance, plant operations & safety including HAZOPS & Risk Analysis, refinery optimization studies and yield & energy optimization studies.

Engineers India has earned recognition for jobs executed in India and several countries of West Asia, North Africa, Europe and South East Asia including Algeria, Bahrain, Kuwait, Korea, Malaysia, Norway, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, Sri Lanka, UAE and Vietnam. EIL is diversifying into the areas of Water & Waste Management, Nuclear Power, Thermal and Solar Power and City Gas Distribution.

EIL has its head office in New Delhi, regional engineering offices in Gurgaon, Chennai, Kolkata and Vadodara and a branch office in Mumbai. It has inspection offices at all major equipment manufacturing locations in India and a wholly owned subsidiary

Certification Engineers International Ltd. (CEIL) for undertaking independent certification & third party inspection assignments. Outside India, EIL has offices in Abu Dhabi (UAE), London, Milan and Shanghai and a wholly owned subsidiary, EIL Asia Pacific Sdn. Bhd. (EILAP) in Malaysia. EIL has also formed a joint venture Jabal EILIOT with IOTL & Jabal Dhahran for tapping business opportunities in Saudi Arabia.

Backed by its unmatched experience, EIL enjoys a high professional standing in the market and is known as a versatile and competent engineering company that can be relied upon for meeting the clients' requirements. Quality Management System with respect to EIL's services conforms to ISO 9001:2008 The Design Offices are equipped with state-of-the-art computing systems, design tools and infrastructure.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT Rev. No. 1 USAR FOR GAIL Page 143 of 145

9.3 EIL’S VISION

To be a world-class globally competitive EPC and total solutions Consultancy Organization.

9.4 EIL’S MISSION

• Achieve ‘Customer delight’ through innovative, cost effective and value added consulting and EPC services. • To maximize creation of wealth, value and satisfaction for stakeholders with high standards of business ethics and aligned with national policies.

9.5 CORE VALUES OF EIL

• Benchmark to learn from superior role models. • Nurture the essence of Customer Relationship and bonding. • Foster Innovation with emphasis on value addition. • Integrity and Trust as fundamental to functioning. • Thrive upon constant Knowledge updation as a Learning organization. • Passion in pursuit of excellence. • Quality as a way of life. • Collaboration in synergy through cross-functional Team efforts. • Sense of ownership in what we do.

9.6 QUALITY POLICY OF EIL

• Enhance customer satisfaction through continuous improvement of our technologies, work processes, and systems and total compliance with established quality management system. • Consistently improve the quality of products /services with active participation of committed and motivated employees and feedback from stakeholders. • Provide added value to customers through timely and cost effective services/deliverables. • Ensure total compliance with applicable health, safety and environment requirements during design and delivery of products to enrich quality of life.

9.7 HSE POLICY OF EIL

. Ensure compliance with requirements of health, safety and environment, during design and delivery of products/ services as per applicable National and International codes, standards, procedures, engineering practices, and statutory requirements including customer's requirements. . Ensure safety and health of employees, personnel of clients and associates. . Create awareness on health, safety and environment aspects for all employees and associates.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT Rev. No. 1 USAR FOR GAIL Page 144 of 145

9.8 RISK MANAGEMENT POLICY OF EIL

• EIL is committed to effective management of risks across the organization by aligning its risk management strategy to its business objectives through • Instituting a risk management structure for timely identification, assessment, mitigating, monitoring and reporting of risks. • Risk management at EIL is the responsibility of every employee both individually as well as collectively.

The present EIA report has been prepared by EIL, an engineering and consultancy organization in the country. EIL has been preparing regularly EIA / EMP reports for different projects. The environmental Engineering Division of EIL has carried out more than 300 numbers of Environmental Impact Assessment projects.

9.9 SCOPE OF ACCREDITATION

National Accreditation Board for Education and Training (NABET) - under the Accreditation Scheme for EIA Consultant Organizations has accredited EIL as EIA consultant for 11 EIA Sectors, vide NABET notification dated 29.09.14 and certification No.- 43/2014. The list of sectors for which the accreditation has been accorded by NABET is given in Figure 9.1. The same can be referred from the NABET website “www.qcin.org/nabet/about.php”, by following the link - EIA Accreditation Scheme – Accreditation Register – Accredited Consultant.

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. EIA STUDY FOR PDH B078-1742-EI-1801 UNIT INTEGRATED WITH PP UNIT AT Rev. No. 1 USAR FOR GAIL Page 145 of 145

Figure 9.1: EIL Accreditation Certificate by NABET

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

iathd`r dk;kZy; % bathfu;lZ bafM;k Hkou] 1] Hkhdk,th dkek Iysl] ubZ fnYyh&110066 Regd. Office : Engineers India Bhawan, 1, Bhikaiji Cama Place , New Delhi – 110066